礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者
在《长部》中· 《大品》的义注巴利
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa · Dīghanikāye · Mahāvaggaṭṭhakathā
1. 大本经义注
281 段
《大本经》的注释巴利
1. Mahāpadānasuttavaṇṇanā
关于宿命通的讨论巴利
Pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttakathā
1 如是我闻……迦利利小屋等,这是《大本经》。这里对其中未曾解释过的词句作注释——“迦利利小屋”:“迦利利”是一种瓦鲁那树的名字,那座小屋门前立着一座迦利利凉亭,所以称为“迦利利小屋”,就像因为门前立着憍赏弥树而称为“憍赏弥小屋”一样。据说在祇园内有迦利利小屋、憍赏弥小屋、香室和萨拉拉堂这四座大建筑,每一座都是花费十万资财建成的。其中,萨拉拉堂是波斯匿王所建,其余几座是给孤独长者所建。就这样,世尊住在给孤独长者建在柱上宛如天宫的迦利利小屋中。“食后”:对于一坐食者、常乞食者来说,早晨食后,即使到正午之前也仍是食后。但这里是指通常用餐之后的“食后”。“从乞食返回”:从乞食之处返回,意为结束用餐、起身离座。巴利
1.Evaṃme sutaṃ…pe… karerikuṭikāyanti mahāpadānasuttaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ apubbapadavaṇṇanā – karerikuṭikāyanti karerīti varuṇarukkhassa nāmaṃ, karerimaṇḍapo tassā kuṭikāya dvāre ṭhito, tasmā ‘‘karerikuṭikā’’ti vuccati, yathā kosambarukkhassa dvāre ṭhitattā ‘‘kosambakuṭikā’’ti. Antojetavane kira karerikuṭi kosambakuṭi gandhakuṭi salaḷāgāranti cattāri mahāgehāni, ekekaṃ satasahassapariccāgena nipphannaṃ. Tesu salaḷāgāraṃ raññā pasenadinā kāritaṃ, sesāni anāthapiṇḍikena kāritāni. Iti bhagavā anāthapiṇḍikena gahapatinā thambhānaṃ upari kāritāya devavimānakappāya karerikuṭikāyaṃ viharati . Pacchābhattanti ekāsanikakhalupacchābhattikānaṃ pātova bhuttānaṃ antomajjhanhikepi pacchābhattameva. Idha pana pakatibhattassa pacchato ‘‘pacchābhatta’’nti adhippetaṃ. Piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānanti piṇḍapātato paṭikkantānaṃ, bhattakiccaṃ niṭṭhapetvā uṭṭhitānanti attho.
咖雷利咖圆堂:指的是建在那座迦利利亭不远处的一座坐具厅。据说,那座迦利利亭位于香室和厅堂之间,所以香室、迦利利小屋和厅堂都被称为“咖雷利咖圆堂”。与宿住相应:就是把“一生、二生”这样分类说明的、称为过去所住蕴之相续的宿住,与之连接而发起的。法:就是与法相应。巴利
Karerimaṇḍalamāḷeti tasseva karerimaṇḍapassa avidūre katāya nisīdanasālāya. So kira karerimaṇḍapo gandhakuṭikāya ca sālāya ca antare hoti, tasmā gandhakuṭīpi karerikuṭikāpi sālāpi – ‘‘karerimaṇḍalamāḷo’’ti vuccati. Pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttāti ‘‘ekampi jātiṃ, dvepi jātiyo’’ti evaṃ vibhattena pubbenivutthakkhandhasantānasaṅkhātena pubbenivāsena saddhiṃ yojetvā pavattitā. Dhammīti dhammasaṃyuttā.
“生起了!”——啊,真是稀有!这就是十力的宿住智。所谓宿住,哪些人能忆念,哪些人不能忆念呢?外道能忆念,声闻、独觉佛和佛陀也都能忆念。哪些外道能忆念呢?就是那些主张“已达最高境界之业”的人,他们也只忆念四十劫,不能再超过。声闻能忆念十万劫。两位上首弟子能忆念一不可数劫加十万劫。独觉佛能忆念二不可数劫加十万劫。但诸佛没有“只有这么多”的限制,他们想忆念多少,就能忆念多少。巴利
Udapādīti aho acchariyaṃ dasabalassa pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ , pubbenivāsaṃ nāma ke anussaranti, ke nānussarantīti. Titthiyā anussaranti, sāvakā ca paccekabuddhā ca buddhā ca anussaranti. Kataratitthiyā anussaranti? Ye aggappattakammavādino, tepi cattālīsaṃyeva kappe anussaranti, na tato paraṃ. Sāvakā kappasatasahassaṃ anussaranti. Dve aggasāvakā asaṅkhyeyyañceva kappasatasahassañca. Paccekabuddhā dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca. Buddhānaṃ pana ettakanti paricchedo natthi, yāvatakaṃ ākaṅkhanti, tāvatakaṃ anussaranti.
外道只能按诸蕴的次第去回忆过去世,一旦放下次第,就做不到了。即使他们按次第回忆,到了无想有情天时,也看不到诸蕴的延续,就像掉进网里的鱼,又像掉进井里的跛子。他们停在那里,就抓住这样的见解:“就只有这么多,再往后就没有了。”所以,外道的宿住随念,就像盲人靠着杖尖走路一样。正如盲人只有在有人握着杖尖引导时才能走,没人引导时就只能就地坐下;同样,外道也只能按诸蕴的次第回忆,一旦抛开次第,就做不到了。巴利
Titthiyā khandhapaṭipāṭiyā anussaranti, paṭipāṭiṃ muñcitvā na sakkonti. Paṭipāṭiyā anussarantāpi asaññabhavaṃ patvā khandhappavattiṃ na passanti, jāle patitā kuṇṭhā viya, kūpe patitā paṅguḷā viya ca honti. Te tattha ṭhatvā ‘‘ettakameva, ito paraṃ natthī’’ti diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhanti. Iti titthiyānaṃ pubbenivāsānussaraṇaṃ andhānaṃ yaṭṭhikoṭigamanaṃ viya hoti. Yathā hi andhā yaṭṭhikoṭiggāhake satiyeva gacchanti, asati tattheva nisīdanti, evameva titthiyā khandhapaṭipāṭiyāva anussarituṃ sakkonti, paṭipāṭiṃ vissajjetvā na sakkonti.
声闻弟子也是顺着蕴的次第来随念的,一旦投生到无想有情天,就看不到蕴的相续了。即便如此,对在轮回中流转的众生来说,蕴从来没有不存在的时候。不过在无想有情天里,他们要待五百劫;过了那么长的时间之后,他们才依据佛陀所教导的方法,接着往后随念,就像具寿苏毗多那样。而两位上首弟子和独觉佛,则是通过观察死亡与结生来随念。诸佛没有死亡与结生这一事务,他们想见哪个境界,就直接见到那个境界。巴利
Sāvakāpi khandhapaṭipāṭiyāva anussaranti, asaññabhavaṃ patvā khandhappavattiṃ na passanti. Evaṃ santepi te vaṭṭe saṃsaraṇakasattānaṃ khandhānaṃ abhāvakālo nāma natthi. Asaññabhave pana pañcakappasatāni pavattantīti tattakaṃ kālaṃ atikkamitvā buddhehi dinnanaye ṭhatvā parato anussaranti; seyyathāpi āyasmā sobhito. Dve aggasāvakā pana paccekabuddhā ca cutipaṭisandhiṃ oloketvā anussaranti. Buddhānaṃ cutipaṭisandhikiccaṃ natthi, yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ passitukāmā honti, taṃ tadeva passanti.
外道们随念宿住时,只随念自己亲眼见过、亲耳听过、亲身经历过的。声闻弟子和独觉佛也是这样。但佛陀随念时,无论是自己还是他人见过、听过、经历过的一切,全都随念得到。巴利
Titthiyā ca pubbenivāsaṃ anussaramānā attanā diṭṭhakatasutameva anussaranti. Tathā sāvakā ca paccekabuddhā ca. Buddhā pana attanā vā parehi vā diṭṭhakatasutaṃ sabbameva anussaranti.
外道的宿住智,就像萤火虫的光;声闻弟子的宿住智,就像灯焰的光;上首弟子的宿住智,就像药草星的光;独觉佛的宿住智,就像月亮的光;佛陀的宿住智,就像秋天太阳的光。佛陀随念宿住时,不论是一百生、一千生、十万生,或者一百劫、一千劫、十万劫,都没有任何障碍或抵触。它只随着转向而生起,只随着欲求、作意和心的生起而生起。就像从脆弱的叶鞘中射出的箭,又像从须弥山顶投下的因陀罗雷,毫无阻碍地直飞而去。于是,人们针对世尊生起了这样的谈论:“啊!世尊的宿住智真是伟大!”意思是这话生起了、展开了。为了简要说明这一切,经中只说:“也如此是宿住,也如此是宿住。”这里的“也如此”就是“像这样”的意思。巴利
Titthiyānaṃ pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ khajjopanakaobhāsasadisaṃ, sāvakānaṃ padīpobhāsasadisaṃ, aggasāvakānaṃ osadhitārakobhāsasadisaṃ, paccekabuddhānaṃ candobhāsasadisaṃ, buddhānaṃ saradasūriyamaṇḍalobhāsasadisaṃ. Tassa ettakāni jātisatāni jātisahassāni jātisatasahassānīti vā ettakāni kappasatāni kappasahassāni kappasatasahassānīti vā natthi, yaṃ kiñci anussarantassa neva khalitaṃ, na paṭighātaṃ hoti, āvajjanapaṭibaddhameva ākaṅkhamanasikāracittuppādapaṭibaddhameva hoti. Dubbalapattapuṭe vegakkhittanārāco viya, sinerukūṭe vissaṭṭhaindavajiraṃ viya ca asajjamānameva gacchati. ‘‘Aho mahantaṃ bhagavato pubbenivāsañāṇa’’nti evaṃ bhagavantaṃyeva ārabbha kathā uppannā, jātā pavattāti attho. Taṃ sabbampi saṅkhepato dassetuṃ ‘‘itipi pubbenivāso, itipi pubvenivāso’’ti ettakameva pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha itipīti evampi.
2-3 “Assosi kho…pe… atha bhagavā anuppatto”这里应当解说的内容,在《梵网经》的注释中已经说过了。差别只在于:那里是用一切知智听闻,这里是用天耳听闻;那里是褒贬的谈论还没说完,这里是宿住的谈论。所以世尊心想:“这些比丘以我的宿住智为题在赞叹功德,却不知道我的宿住智是如何成就的;来吧,我来为他们说明这个成就。”于是世尊就来了。按照诸佛的惯例,即使平时也已经为说法而设好座位,那时比丘们拍拂铺设好最胜的佛座,世尊坐下后,以“诸比丘,你们在这里谈论什么”询问,以及“在这里,世尊”等回答完毕之后,想要为他们说与宿住有关的法谈,便说“你们是否希望……”等。其中“你们是否希望”即“你们是否愿意”。于是那些欢喜雀跃的比丘们请求说“世尊,请说这个”等。其中“这个”即指这个法谈的进行。巴利
2-3.Assosi kho…pe… atha bhagavā anuppattoti ettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ brahmajālasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttameva. Ayameva hi viseso – tattha sabbaññutaññāṇena assosi, idha dibbasotena. Tattha ca vaṇṇāvaṇṇakathā vippakatā, idha pubbenivāsakathā. Tasmā bhagavā – ‘‘ime bhikkhū mama pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ ārabbha guṇaṃ thomenti, pubbenivāsañāṇassa pana me nipphattiṃ na jānanti; handa nesaṃ tassa nipphattiṃ kathetvā dassāmī’’ti āgantvā pakatiyāpi buddhānaṃ nisīditvā dhammadesanatthameva ṭhapite taṅkhaṇe bhikkhūhi papphoṭetvā dinne varabuddhāsane nisīditvā ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave’’ti pucchāya ca ‘‘idha , bhante’’tiādipaṭivacanassa ca pariyosāne tesaṃ pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ kathetukāmo iccheyyātha notiādimāha. Tattha iccheyyātha noti iccheyyātha nu. Atha naṃ pahaṭṭhamānasā bhikkhū yācamānā etassa bhagavātiādimāhaṃsu. Tattha etassāti etassa dhammikathākaraṇassa.
4 这时,世尊接受了他们的请求,想要说法,就说:“那么,比丘们,你们听吧!”让他们把心转向倾听、好好留意。接着,为了开示其他诸佛不共的、像斩断围墙一样的随念,说了“比丘们,从那时起……”等话。其中,“yaṃ vipassī”是指在哪个劫中毗婆尸佛。“ya”这个字,在“尊者,我在三十三天面前所闻、所受,我向世尊报告”这类句子里是主格;在“我们问了你那件事,你没有说,现在我们再问你另一件事,请说吧”这类句子里是宾格;在“比丘们,这是不可能的,没有这样的事,说一个世界界域……”这类句子里是具格。但在这里,应当理解为位格。所以说“在哪个劫中”。“Udapādī”是指震响一万个世界而生起。巴利
4. Atha bhagavā tesaṃ yācanaṃ gahetvā kathetukāmo ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇāthā’’ti te sotāvadhāraṇasādhukamanasikāresu niyojetvā aññesaṃ asādhāraṇaṃ chinnavaṭumakānussaraṇaṃ pakāsetukāmo ito so, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha yaṃ vipassīti yasmiṃ kappe vipassī. Ayañhi ‘ya’nti saddo ‘‘yaṃ me, bhante, devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ārocemi taṃ, bhagavato’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.203) paccattavacane dissati. ‘‘Yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 881) upayogavacane. ‘‘Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 1.277) karaṇavacane. Idha pana bhummattheti daṭṭhabbo. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘yasmiṃ kappe’’ti. Udapādīti dasasahassilokadhātuṃ unnādento uppajji.
这个劫叫贤劫,是因为它有五位佛陀出现,显得格外庄严,所以是美好而殊胜的劫。世尊赞叹这个劫时,就是这样说的。据说,从我们的世尊最初发愿修行以来,在这段时间里,从来没有哪一个劫能有五位佛陀出现。而在我们的世尊发愿修行之前,曾有丹杭伽罗、美达杭伽罗、萨拉囊伽罗和燃灯这四位佛陀出现在同一个劫里。在他们之后,有一个不可计数的劫里完全没有佛陀出现。巴利
Bhaddakappeti pañcabuddhuppādapaṭimaṇḍitattā sundarakappe sārakappeti bhagavā imaṃ kappaṃ thomento evamāha. Yato paṭṭhāya kira amhākaṃ bhagavatā abhinīhāro kato, etasmiṃ antare ekakappepi pañca buddhā nibbattā nāma natthi. Amhākaṃ bhagavato abhinīhārassa purato pana taṇhaṅkaro, medhaṅkaro, saraṇaṅkaro, dīpaṅkaroti cattāro buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe nibbattiṃsu. Tesaṃ orabhāge ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ buddhasuññameva ahosi.
在不可数劫的末尾,有一位名叫衮丹雅的佛陀,独自出现在同一劫中。从那以后,又经过一个不可数劫,都没有佛陀出现。到了那个不可数劫的末尾,有吉祥、善意、离婆多、索毗达四位佛陀出现在同一劫中。从那以后,又经过一个不可数劫,都没有佛陀出现。到了那个不可数劫的末尾,也就是从今往上有十万劫再加一个不可数劫之上,有无比见、莲华、那罗陀三位佛陀出现在同一劫中。从那以后,又经过一个不可数劫,都没有佛陀出现。到了那个不可数劫的末尾,也就是从今往上有十万劫之上,莲华上世尊独自出现在同一劫中。在他之后,从今往上有三万劫之上,有善慧、善生两位佛陀出现在同一劫中。再往后,从今往有一万八千劫之上,有喜见、见义、见法三位佛陀出现在同一劫中。然后,从今往九十四劫之前,有一位名叫悉达多的佛陀,独自出现在同一劫中。从今往九十二劫之前,有底沙、弗沙两位佛陀出现在同一劫中。从今往九十一劫之前,毗婆尸世尊出现。从今往三十一劫之前,有尸弃、毗舍婆两位佛陀出现。在这个贤劫中,拘留孙、拘那含、迦叶,以及我们的正自觉者乔达摩,这四位佛陀已经出现,弥勒也将出现。就这样,因为这一劫以五位佛陀出现而庄严,所以是美好的劫、坚实的劫。世尊赞叹这一劫时,这样说道。巴利
Asaṅkhyeyyakappapariyosāne pana koṇḍañño nāma buddho ekova ekasmiṃ kappe uppanno. Tatopi asaṅkhyeyyaṃ buddhasuññameva ahosi. Asaṅkhyeyyakappapariyosāne maṅgalo, sumano, revato, sobhitoti cattāro buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe uppannā . Tatopi asaṅkhyeyyaṃ buddhasuññameva ahosi. Asaṅkhyeyyakappapariyosāne pana ito kappasatasahassādhikassa asaṅkhyeyyassa upari anomadassī, padumo, nāradoti tayo buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe uppannā. Tatopi asaṅkhyeyyaṃ buddhasuññameva ahosi. Asaṅkhyeyyakappapariyosāne pana ito kappasatasahassānaṃ upari padumuttaro bhagavā ekova ekasmiṃ kappe uppanno. Tassa orabhāge ito tiṃsakappasahassānaṃ upari sumedho, sujātoti dve buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe uppannā. Tato orabhāge ito aṭṭhārasannaṃ kappasahassānaṃ upari piyadassī, atthadassī, dhammadassīti tayo buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe uppannā. Atha ito catunavutikappe siddhattho nāma buddho ekova ekasmiṃ kappe uppanno. Ito dve navutikappe tisso, phussoti dve buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe uppannā. Ito ekanavutikappe vipassī bhagavā uppanno. Ito ekatiṃse kappe sikhī, vessabhūti dve buddhā uppannā. Imasmiṃ bhaddakappe kakusandho, koṇāgamano, kassapo, gotamo amhākaṃ sammāsambuddhoti cattāro buddhā uppannā, metteyyo uppajjissati. Evamayaṃ kappo pañcabuddhuppādapaṭimaṇḍitattā sundarakappo sārakappoti bhagavā imaṃ kappaṃ thomento evamāha.
那么,这种“在这个劫里,有这么多佛陀已经出现或将会出现”的了知,是只有诸佛才清楚,还是其他人也能清楚呢?其他人也能清楚。哪些人呢?净居天的梵天。世界形成的时候,在世间安住、经过一不可计数劫而成为一片空旷时,为了安立世界,天人开始降雨。最初,就像寒冬降霜一样。之后,雨滴渐渐变成芝麻粒大小、细糠粒大小、稻粒大小、绿豆大小、大豆大小、枣子大小、余甘子大小、瓜大小、葫芦大小、瓠瓜大小,进而变成一牛声闻、二牛声闻、半俱卢舍、一俱卢舍、二俱卢舍、半由旬、一由旬、二由旬……乃至百由旬、千由旬、十万由旬那么大的水柱,充满一万亿轮围世界之内,一直停到未毁坏的梵天界。然后,那些水逐渐退去。水退去时,在原本属于天界的地方,天界就形成了。天界形成的方式,在《清净道论》的宿住智部分已经说过。巴利
Kiṃ panetaṃ buddhānaṃyeva pākaṭaṃ hoti – ‘‘imasmiṃ kappe ettakā buddhā uppannā vā uppajjissantīti vā’’ti, udāhu aññesampi pākaṭaṃ hotīti? Aññesampi pākaṭaṃ hoti. Kesaṃ? Suddhāvāsabrahmānaṃ. Kappasaṇṭhānakālasmiñhi ekamasaṅkhyeyyaṃ ekaṅgaṇaṃ hutvā ṭhite lokasannivāse lokassa saṇṭhānatthāya devo vassituṃ ārabhati. Āditova antaraṭṭhake himapāto viya hoti. Tato tilamattā kaṇamattā taṇḍulamattā mugga-māsa-badara-āmalaka-eḷāluka-kumbhaṇḍa-alābumattā udakadhārā hutvā anukkamena usabhadveusabhaaḍḍhagāvutagāvutadvegāvutaaḍḍhayojanayojanadviyojana…pe… yojanasatayojanasahassayojanasatasahassamattā hutvā koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷabbhantare yāva avinaṭṭhabrahmalokā pūretvā tiṭṭhanti. Atha taṃ udakaṃ anupubbena bhassati, bhassante udake pakatidevalokaṭṭhānesu devalokā saṇṭhahanti, tesaṃ saṇṭhahanavidhānaṃ visuddhimagge pubbenivāsakathāyaṃ vuttameva.
水退到人间将要形成的地方时,就像陶匠吹风管的管口被堵住一样,水因为风的缘故停在那里,大地就像水面上的莲叶一样安立起来。大菩提座在世界毁坏时最后毁坏,在世界形成时最先形成。在那里,会先出现一个预兆:生出一丛红莲。如果那个劫中有佛出世,花就会开;如果没有佛出世,花就不开。开花的时候,如果只有一尊佛出世,就开一朵;如果有两尊、三尊、四尊、五尊佛出世,就开五朵。而且这些花都长在同一根茎上,结在花心里。净居天的梵天们想:“来吧,诸位,我们去看预兆。”就来到大菩提座的地方。在诸佛不出世的劫里,花不会出现。他们看到没有开花的莲丛,就很不高兴:“哎呀,世间要陷入黑暗了,死了的众生会填满恶道,六个天界和九个梵天界都会空掉。”到了开花的时候,他们看到花,就很欢喜地说:“当一切知菩萨们入母胎、出母胎、成正觉、转法轮、示现双神变、从天下降、舍弃寿行、般涅槃时,我们将看到震动一万个轮围世界等种种神变。”又说:“四恶道会减少,六个天界和九个梵天界会充满。”他们欢喜地发出感叹,然后各自回到自己的梵天界。在这个贤劫中,生起了五朵莲花。凭着这些预兆的力量,已经有四尊佛出现,第五尊也将出现。净居天的梵天们也是看到这些莲花,才知道了这件事。因此说:“其他人也能知道。”巴利
Manussalokasaṇṭhahanaṭṭhānaṃ pana patte udake dhamakaraṇamukhe pihite viya vātavasena taṃ udakaṃ santiṭṭhati, udakapiṭṭhe uppalinipaṇṇaṃ viya pathavī saṇṭhahati. Mahābodhipallaṅko vinassamāne loke pacchā vinassati, saṇṭhahamāne paṭhamaṃ saṇṭhahati. Tattha pubbanimittaṃ hutvā eko paduminigaccho uppajjati, tassa sace tasmiṃ kappe buddho nibbattissati, pupphaṃ uppajjati. No ce, nuppajjati. Uppajjamānañca sace eko buddho nibbattissati, ekaṃ uppajjati. Sace dve, tayo, cattāro, pañca buddhā nibbattissanti, pañca uppajjanti. Tāni ca kho ekasmiṃyeva nāḷe kaṇṇikābaddhāni hutvā. Suddhāvāsabrahmāno ‘‘āyāma , mayaṃ mārisā, pubbanimittaṃ passissāmā’’ti mahābodhipallaṅkaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti, buddhānaṃ anibbattanakappe pupphaṃ na hoti. Te pana apupphitagacchaṃ disvā – ‘‘andhakāro vata bho loko bhavissati, matā matā sattā apāye pūressanti, cha devalokā nava brahmalokā suññā bhavissantī’’ti anattamanā honti. Pupphitakāle pana pupphaṃ disvā – ‘‘sabbaññubodhisattesu mātukucchiṃ okkamantesu nikkhamantesu sambujjhantesu dhammacakkaṃ pavattentesu yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karontesu devorohanaṃ karontesu āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjantesu parinibbāyantesu dasasahassacakkavāḷakampanādīni pāṭihāriyāni dakkhissāmā’’ti ca ‘‘cattāro apāyā parihāyissanti, cha devalokā nava brahmalokā paripūressantī’’ti ca attamanā udānaṃ udānentā attano attano brahmalokaṃ gacchanti. Imasmiṃ bhaddakappe pañca padumāni uppajjiṃsu. Tesaṃ nimittānaṃ ānubhāvena cattāro buddhā uppannā, pañcamo uppajjissati. Suddhāvāsabrahmānopi tāni padumāni disvā imamatthaṃ jāniṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘aññesampi pākaṭaṃ hotī’’ti.
关于寿量分别的解释巴利
Āyuparicchedavaṇṇanā
5-7 世尊这样以“比丘们,从此……”等方式,按劫的划分来显示宿住之后,现在为了按那些佛陀的出生等差别来显示,就说“比丘们,毗婆尸……”等等。其中,在寿量的限定上,“短”和“轻”这两个词都是“少”的同义词。凡是少的,就既是短又是轻。巴利
5-7. Iti bhagavā – ‘‘ito so, bhikkhave’’tiādinā nayena kappaparicchedavasena pubbenivāsaṃ dassetvā idāni tesaṃ buddhānaṃ jātiparicchedādivasena dassetuṃ vipassī, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha āyuparicchede parittaṃ lahukanti ubhayametaṃ appakasseva vevacanaṃ. Yañhi appakaṃ, taṃ parittañceva lahukañca hoti.
“少”或者“多”是指:比一百岁多出少许,也就是没活到下一个一百岁,只活一百二十、三十、四十、五十或六十岁。不过,这样长寿的人实在太难遇到了,人们会说“听说某某人活了那么久”,但得到处去走访才能见到。其中,近事女毗舍佉活了一百二十岁,沸伽罗娑罗婆罗门、梵摩婆罗门、些罗婆罗门、婆和利婆罗门、阿难长老、大迦叶长老也一样活了一百二十岁。阿那律长老活了一百五十岁,薄拘罗长老活了一百六十岁。薄拘罗长老是一切人中最长寿的。可就连他也没活到两百岁。巴利
Appaṃ vā bhiyyoti vassasatato vā upari appaṃ, aññaṃ vassasataṃ apatvā vīsaṃ vā tiṃsaṃ vā cattālīsaṃ vā paṇṇāsaṃ vā saṭṭhi vā vassāni jīvati. Evaṃ dīghāyuko pana atidullabho, asuko kira evaṃ ciraṃ jīvatīti tattha tattha gantvā daṭṭhabbo hoti. Tattha visākhā upāsikā vīsavassasataṃ jīvati, tathā pokkharasāti brāhmaṇo, brahmāyu brāhmaṇo, selo brāhmaṇo, bāvariyabrāhmaṇo, ānandatthero, mahākassapattheroti. Anuruddhatthero pana vassasatañceva paṇṇāsañca vassāni, bākulatthero vassasatañceva saṭṭhi ca vassāni. Ayaṃ sabbadīghāyuko. Sopi dve vassasatāni na jīvati.
毗婆尸等一切菩萨,都是以慈为前分、伴随喜、与智相应、无行的 citta(心)在母胎中结生的。以这种心结生时,寿命本是不可计量的,所以一切佛陀本来都是无量寿的。那他们为什么没有保持住无量寿呢?因为时节和食物的败坏。确实,由于时节和食物,寿命既会减少,也会增加。巴利
Vipassīādayo pana sabbepi bodhisattā mettāpubbabhāgena somanassasahagatañāṇasampayuttaasaṅkhārikacittena mātukucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Tena cittena gahitāya paṭisandhiyā asaṅkhyeyyaṃ āyu, iti sabbe buddhā asaṅkhyeyyāyukā. Te kasmā asaṅkhyeyyaṃ na aṭṭhaṃsu? Utubhojanavipattiyā. Utubhojanavasena hi āyu hāyatipi vaḍḍhatipi.
在这里,当国王们不如法时,副王、将军、长者、整座城市乃至整个国家也就都不如法。于是,守护他们的天神、这些天神的友伴——地居天、地居天的友伴——空居天、空居天的友伴——热云天、热云天的友伴——雾云天、雾云天的友伴——寒云天、寒云天的友伴——雨云天、雨云天的友伴——四大王天、四大王天的友伴——三十三天、三十三天的友伴——夜摩天,如此类推。这样一来,直到有顶天为止,除了圣声闻之外,一切天神和梵天众也都变得不如法。由于他们不如法,日月运行失常,风不沿着正常的路线吹。风不沿正常路线吹时,就会摇动空居天的宫殿;宫殿被摇动时,天神们为了游乐而生起的心就不再趋向;天神们为了游乐的心不趋向时,寒暑等时节的变化就不能按时完成;时节变化不能按时完成时,天就不能好好地降雨。有时下雨,有时不下;有的地方下雨,有的地方不下。即使下雨,在播种时、发芽时、抽茎时、开花时、灌浆时等各个时节,雨总是该对庄稼有帮助的时候不下、不该下的时候却下、下完又停,因此庄稼成熟得不均匀,失去了香气、色泽、味道等优良品质。即使把米放进同一口锅里煮,也会有的地方饭还夹生,有的地方太烂,有的地方刚好煮熟。吃下去之后,在肚子里也会以三种方式消化。因此众生多病,而且短命。就这样,单从时节和食物方面,寿命就已经在减损了。巴利
Tattha yadā rājāno adhammikā honti, tadā uparājāno, senāpati, seṭṭhi, sakalanagaraṃ, sakalaraṭṭhaṃ adhammikameva hoti; atha tesaṃ ārakkhadevatā, tāsaṃ devatānaṃ mittā bhūmaṭṭhadevatā, tāsaṃ devatānaṃ mittā ākāsaṭṭhakadevatā, ākāsaṭṭhakadevatānaṃ mittā uṇhavalāhakā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā abbhavalāhakā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā sītavalāhakā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā vassavalāhakā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā cātumahārājikā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā tāvatiṃsā devatā, tāsaṃ mittā yāmā devatāti evamādi. Evaṃ yāva bhavaggā ṭhapetvā ariyasāvake sabbā devabrahmaparisāpi adhammikāva honti. Tāsaṃ adhammikatāya visamaṃ candimasūriyā pariharanti, vāto yathāmaggena na vāyati, ayathāmaggena vāyanto ākāsaṭṭhakavimānāni khobheti, vimānesu khobhitesu devatānaṃ kīḷanatthāya cittāni na namanti, devatānaṃ kīḷanatthāya cittesu anamantesu sītuṇhabhedo utu yathākālena na sampajjati, tasmiṃ asampajjante na sammā devo vassati, kadāci vassati, kadāci na vassati; katthaci vassati, katthaci na vassati, vassantopi vappakāle aṅkurakāle nāḷakāle pupphakāle khīraggahaṇādikālesu yathā yathā sassānaṃ upakāro na hoti, tathā tathā vassati ca vigacchati ca, tena sassāni visamapākāni honti, vigatagandhavaṇṇarasādisampannāni. Ekabhājane pakkhittataṇḍulesupi ekasmiṃ padese bhattaṃ uttaṇḍulaṃ hoti, ekasmiṃ atikilinnaṃ, ekasmiṃ samapākaṃ. Taṃ paribhuttaṃ kucchiyampi tīhākārehi paccati. Tena sattā bahvābādhā ceva honti, appāyukā ca. Evaṃ tāva utubhojanavasena āyu hāyati.
不过,当国王们如法的时候,副王等人也就像前面说的那样如法,乃至一直到梵天界,所有众生都如法。因为他们如法,日月就平稳地运行,风沿着正确的路线吹。风沿着正确的路线吹时,不会摇动住在空中的天宫;天宫不被摇动,天神们想要游乐的心就生起来了。这样一来,时节按时调顺,天适时降雨,从播种的时候开始就利益庄稼,该下雨时下雨,该停时停,因此庄稼成熟得均匀,有香气、色泽美好、味道好、有营养。用这些粮食做成的食物,吃下去也能好好地消化,因此众生无病、长寿。像这样,依靠时节和食物,寿命就增长了。巴利
Yadā pana rājāno dhammikā honti, tadā uparājānopi dhammikā hontīti purimanayeneva yāva brahmalokā sabbepi dhammikā honti. Tesaṃ dhammikattā samaṃ candimasūriyā pariharanti, yathāmaggena vāto vāyati, yathāmaggena vāyanto ākāsaṭṭhakavimānāni na khobheti, tesaṃ akhobhā devatānaṃ kīḷanatthāya cittāni namanti. Evaṃ kālena utu sampajjati, devo sammā vassati, vappakālato paṭṭhāya sassānaṃ upakāraṃ karonto kāle vassati, kāle vigacchati, tena sassāni samapākāni sugandhāni suvaṇṇāni surasāni ojavantāni honti, tehi sampāditaṃ bhojanaṃ paribhuttampi sammā paripākaṃ gacchati , tena sattā arogā dīghāyukā honti. Evaṃ utubhojanavasena āyu vaḍḍhati.
在这里,毗婆尸世尊出世时,人的寿命是八万岁;尸弃佛出世时,人的寿命是七万岁。这看起来像是逐渐递减的,但实际上并不是这样递减的,应该理解为:先是不断增长,增长之后再递减。怎么理解呢?就拿这个劫来说,拘留孙世尊出世时,人的寿命是四万岁。他把当时的寿命总量分成五份,过了四份,在第五份还存在的时候就般涅槃了。那寿命递减到十岁的时候,又重新增长到不可计数,再从那里递减,停在三万岁;那时拘那含佛世尊出世。那位佛也同样般涅槃之后,那寿命又递减到十岁,再增长到不可计数,然后递减,停在二万岁;那时迦叶佛世尊出世。那位佛也同样般涅槃之后,那寿命再次递减到十岁,再增长到不可计数,然后递减,达到一百岁;这时,我们的正自觉者出世了。应当这样理解:如此一次次递减、递减,又一次次增长、增长之后,才递减下来。其中应当知道,诸佛在什么样的人寿量中出世,他们自己的寿命也就是那个当时的人寿量。巴利
Tattha vipassī bhagavā asītivassasahassāyukakāle nibbatto, sikhī sattativassasahassāyukakāleti idaṃ anupubbena parihīnasadisaṃ kataṃ, na pana evaṃ parihīnaṃ, vaḍḍhitvā vaḍḍhitvā parihīnanti veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Imasmiṃ tāva kappe kakusandho bhagavā cattālīsavassasahassāyukakāle nibbatto, āyuppamāṇaṃ pañca koṭṭhāse katvā cattāri ṭhatvā pañcame vijjamāneyeva parinibbuto. Taṃ āyu parihāyamānaṃ dasavassakālaṃ patvā puna vaḍḍhamānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ hutvā tato parihāyamānaṃ tiṃsavassasahassakāle ṭhitaṃ; tadā koṇāgamano bhagavā nibbatto. Tasmimpi tatheva parinibbute taṃ āyu dasavassakālaṃ patvā puna vaḍḍhamānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ hutvā parihāyitvā vīsativassasahassakāle ṭhitaṃ; tadā kassapo bhagavā nibbatto. Tasmimpi tatheva parinibbute taṃ āyu dasavassakālaṃ patvā puna vaḍḍhamānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ hutvā parihāyitvā vassasatakālaṃ pattaṃ, atha amhākaṃ sammāsambuddho nibbatto. Evaṃ anupubbena parihāyitvā parihāyitvā vaḍḍhitvā vaḍḍhitvā parihīnanti veditabbaṃ. Tattha yaṃ yaṃ āyuparimāṇesu manussesu buddhā nibbattanti, tesampi taṃ tadeva āyuparimāṇaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ.
菩提分际的解释巴利
Bodhiparicchedavaṇṇanā
8 8. 在“菩提分际”这一段里,“在巴嗒离树下”就是指在那棵巴嗒离树的底下。那一天,这棵巴嗒离树的树干长到五十肘高,枝条也伸展到五十肘,所以总高度达到一百肘。就在那一天,这棵巴嗒离树从根部开始,整个被花朵覆盖得严严实实,就像用花环扣接起来一样,还散发出天界的香气。而且不只是这一棵树在那时开了花,一万个轮围界里所有的巴嗒离树都开了花。也不只是巴嗒离树,一万个轮围界里一切树木的树干上都开出了树干莲花,枝条上开出了枝条莲花,藤蔓上开出了藤蔓莲花,虚空中开出了虚空莲花,甚至破开大地而涌出了大莲花。大海也被五种颜色的莲花、青莲花和红莲花所覆盖。整个一万个轮围界到处点缀着旗幡花环,处处散布着系结的花环和散落的花环,闪耀着种种颜色的花朵,宛如欢喜园、杂彩藤蔓园、混合林园和稠密林园一般。东边轮围界山口上竖起的旗幡,直触西边轮围界山口。西边、南边、北边轮围界山口上竖起的旗幡,直触南边轮围界山口。就这样,各个轮围界互相映照,具足庄严。所谓“现等觉”,是指正在通达一切佛陀功德威德庄严时,现等觉四圣谛。巴利
8. Bodhiparicchede pana pāṭaliyā mūleti pāṭalirukkhassa heṭṭhā. Tassā pana pāṭaliyā khandho taṃ divasaṃ paṇṇāsaratano hutvā abbhuggato, sākhā paṇṇāsaratanāti ubbedhena ratanasataṃ ahosi. Taṃ divasañca sā pāṭali kaṇṇikābaddhehi viya pupphehi mūlato paṭṭhāya ekasañchannā ahosi, dibbagandhaṃ vāyati. Na kevalañca tadā ayameva pupphitā, dasasahassacakkavāḷe sabbapāṭaliyo pupphitā. Na kevalañca pāṭaliyo, dasasahassacakkavāḷe sabbarukkhānaṃ khandhesu khandhapadumāni, sākhāsu sākhāpadumāni, latāsu latāpadumāni, ākāse ākāsapadumāni pupphitāni, pathavitalaṃ bhinditvāpi mahāpadumāni uṭṭhitāni. Mahāsamuddopi pañcavaṇṇehi padumehi nīluppalarattuppalehi ca sañchanno ahosi. Sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷaṃ dhajamālākulaṃ tattha tattha nibaddhapupphadāmavissaṭṭhamālāguḷavippakiṇṇaṃ nānāvaṇṇakusumasamujjalaṃ nandanavanacittalatāvanamissakavanaphārusakavanasadisaṃ ahosi. Puratthimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ ussitaddhajā pacchimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ abhihananti. Pacchimadakkhiṇauttaracakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ ussitaddhajā dakkhiṇacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ abhihananti. Evaṃ aññamaññasirīsampattāni cakkavāḷāni ahesuṃ. Abhisambuddhoti sakalaṃ buddhaguṇavibhavasiriṃ paṭivijjhamāno cattāri saccāni abhisambuddho.
“比丘们,尸弃世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者在分陀利树下成正觉”等句,也应当按同样的方式逐词解释。这里,“分陀利”就是白芒果树。它的尺寸也一样。那一天,这棵树同样被具有天香的花朵覆盖得密密层层。不仅被花朵覆盖,也被果实覆盖。它的果实,有的地方挂着嫩果,有的地方挂着半熟的果,有的地方挂着不太熟的果,有的地方挂着熟透的果,那些熟透的果像天界的食物一样甘美,垂挂下来。就像这棵树一样,在整个一万个轮围界中,该由花来庄严的树都被花朵庄严,该由果实来庄严的树都被果实庄严。巴利
‘‘Sikhī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho puṇḍarīkassa mūle abhisambuddho’’tiādīsupi imināva nayena padavaṇṇanā veditabbā. Ettha pana puṇḍarīkoti setambarukkho. Tassāpi tadeva parimāṇaṃ. Taṃ divasañca sopi dibbagandhehi pupphehi susañchanno ahosi. Na kevalañca pupphehi, phalehipi sañchanno ahosi. Tassa ekato taruṇāni phalāni, ekato majjhimāni phalāni, ekato nātipakkāni phalāni, ekato supakkāni pakkhittadibbojāni viya surasāni olambanti. Yathā so, evaṃ sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷesu pupphūpagarukkhā pupphehi, phalūpagarukkhā phalehi paṭimaṇḍitā ahesuṃ.
娑罗树就是娑罗树。它的尺寸也同样是那样,花的盛况也应当同样理解。吉祥树也是同样的道理。乌敦跋罗树据说没有花,但这里果实的盛况,和前面讲芒果时一样;榕树如此,阿说他树也如此。所以,一切佛陀的跏趺座是同一个,但树却各有不同。在那些树当中,佛陀在哪一棵树下证悟了称为四道智的菩提,那棵树就被称为菩提树。这就叫作菩提分际。巴利
Sāloti sālarukkho. Tassāpi tadeva parimāṇaṃ, tatheva pupphasirīvibhavo veditabbo. Sirīsarukkhepi eseva nayo. Udumbararukkhe pupphāni nāhesuṃ, phalavibhūti panettha ambe vuttanayāva, tathā nigrodhe, tathā assatthe. Iti sabbabuddhānaṃ ekova pallaṅko, rukkhā pana aññepi honti. Tesu yassa yassa rukkhassa mūle catumaggañāṇasaṅkhātabodhiṃ buddhā paṭivijjhanti, so so bodhīti vuccati. Ayaṃ bodhiparicchedo nāma.
声闻双贤分际的解释巴利
Sāvakayugaparicchedavaṇṇanā
9 关于声闻双贤的划分,“康达帝沙”是指康达和帝沙。在他们两人当中,康达是同父异母的弟弟,帝沙是国师之子。康达在般若波罗蜜上达到了顶点,帝沙在定波罗蜜上达到了顶点。“最胜”是指除了毗婆尸世尊以外,与其他诸佛相比,因为具有不共的功德而最为尊上。“双贤”正是因为这种最胜才被称为双贤。“阿毗布与桑巴瓦”是指阿毗布和桑巴瓦。在他们两人当中,阿毗布在般若波罗蜜上达到了顶点。他和尸弃世尊一起,从黎明时分前往梵天界,在梵众当中示现种种神通,说法之后,先用黑暗遍覆一万个世界,让那些心生惊恐“这是怎么回事”的众生,再以光明遍照,然后作意:“愿一切众生都能看见我的身色,也能听到我的声音”,接着诵出“你们要奋发……”这两首偈颂,使大众听到了他的声音。桑巴瓦则在定波罗蜜上达到了顶点。巴利
9. Sāvakayugaparicchede pana khaṇḍatissanti khaṇḍo ca tisso ca. Tesu khaṇḍo ekapitiko kaniṭṭhabhātā, tisso purohitaputto . Khaṇḍo paññāpāramiyā matthakaṃ patto, tisso samādhipāramiyā matthakaṃ patto. Agganti ṭhapetvā vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ avasesehi saddhiṃ asadisaguṇatāya uttamaṃ. Bhaddayuganti aggattāyeva bhaddayugaṃ. Abhibhūsambhavanti abhibhū ca sambhavo ca. Tesu abhibhū paññāpāramiyā matthakaṃ patto. Sikhinā bhagavatā saddhiṃ aruṇavatito brahmalokaṃ gantvā brahmaparisāya vividhāni pāṭihāriyāni dassento dhammaṃ desetvā dasasahassilokadhātuṃ andhakārena pharitvā – ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti sañjātasaṃvegānaṃ obhāsaṃ pharitvā – ‘‘sabbe me rūpañca passantu, saddañca suṇantū’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā – ‘‘ārambhathā’’ti gāthādvayaṃ (saṃ. ni. 1.185) bhaṇanto saddaṃ sāvesi. Sambhavo samādhipāramiyā matthakaṃ patto ahosi.
“索那与伍达拉”指的是索那和伍达拉。在这两人当中,索那达到了智慧波罗蜜的顶点,伍达拉达到了定波罗蜜的顶点。“韦度拉与桑济瓦”指的是韦度拉和桑济瓦。在这两人当中,韦度拉达到了智慧波罗蜜的顶点,桑济瓦达到了定波罗蜜的顶点。桑济瓦经常进入等至,凭借等至的力量,在站立处、坐处、洞窟、凉亭等地方修禅。有一天,他在树林里进入了灭尽定。于是一些伐木工等人以为他已经死了,就把他火化了。到了预定的时间,他从定中出来,抖落袈裟上的灰土,进村托钵乞食。从此以后,人们就称他为“桑济瓦”。“比优索与伍达拉”指的是比优索和伍达拉。在这两人当中,比优索以智慧见长,伍达拉以禅定最为第一。“帝沙与跋勒德瓦哲”指的是帝沙和跋勒德瓦哲。在这两人当中,帝沙达到了智慧波罗蜜的顶点,跋勒德瓦哲达到了定波罗蜜的顶点。“舍利弗与目犍连”指的是舍利弗和目犍连。在这两人当中,舍利弗在智慧方面最为第一,目犍连在禅定方面最为第一。这就叫作声闻双贤分际。巴利
Soṇuttaranti soṇo ca uttaro ca. Tesupi soṇo paññāpāramiṃ patto, uttaro samādhipāramiṃ patto ahosi. Vidhurasañjīvanti vidhuro ca sañjīvo ca. Tesu vidhuro paññāpāramiṃ patto ahosi, sañjīvo samādhipāramiṃ patto. Samāpajjanabahulo rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānakuṭileṇamaṇḍapādīsu samāpattibalena jhāyanto ekadivasaṃ araññe nirodhaṃ samāpajji, atha naṃ vanakammikādayo ‘‘mato’’ti sallakkhetvā jhāpesuṃ. So yathāparicchedena samāpattito uṭṭhāya cīvarāni papphoṭetvā gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tadupādāyeva ca naṃ ‘‘sañjīvo’’ti sañjāniṃsu. Bhiyyosuttaranti bhiyyoso ca uttaro ca. Tesu bhiyyoso paññāya uttaro, uttaro samādhinā aggo ahosi. Tissabhāradvājanti tisso ca bhāradvājo ca . Tesu tisso paññāpāramiṃ patto, bhāradvājo samādhipāramiṃ patto ahosi . Sāriputtamoggallānanti sāriputto ca moggallāno ca. Tesu sāriputto paññāvisaye, moggallāno samādhivisaye aggo ahosi. Ayaṃ sāvakayugaparicchedo nāma.
声闻集会分节注释巴利
Sāvakasannipātaparicchedavaṇṇanā
10 10. 在“声闻集会分节”中,毗婆尸世尊的第一次集会具有四个特点:所有比丘都是“善来比丘”,全都以神通化现出钵和衣,全都不经邀请就自己到来,而且正好是在第十五天的布萨日。那时,导师拿着扇子坐下,诵出了布萨。第二次和第三次集会也是这样。其他诸佛的一切集会也都是如此。然而,我们世尊的集会是在初成道时就发生了,而这部经是后来才说的,所以没有用“现在”来说,而是说“曾有”。巴利
10. Sāvakasannipātaparicchede vipassissa bhagavato paṭhamasannipāto caturaṅgiko ahosi, sabbe ehibhikkhū, sabbe iddhiyā nibbattapattacīvarā, sabbe anāmantitāva āgatā, iti te ca kho pannarase uposathadivase. Atha satthā bījaniṃ gahetvā nisinno uposathaṃ osāresi. Dutiyatatiyesupi eseva nayo. Tathā sesabuddhānaṃ sabbasannipātesu. Yasmā pana amhākaṃ bhagavato paṭhamabodhiyāva sannipāto ahosi, idañca suttaṃ aparabhāge vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto’’ti aniṭṭhapetvā ‘‘ahosī’’ti vuttaṃ.
这里,“一千二百五十位比丘”是指:原先的结发外道一千人,加上两位上首弟子的随从弟子二百五十人,合起来就是一千二百五十位比丘。在这里,应当从两位上首弟子最初发愿讲起,叙述他们的经历,再说明他们出家的情况。他们出家之后,大目犍连在第七天证得阿罗汉果。法将舍利弗则在第十五天,于灵鹫山中的猪窟洞,当他的外甥游方者长爪设斋供法时,世尊正在开示《受摄经》(《中部》第201经),他随闻法而生起智慧,证得了声闻波罗蜜智。世尊知道长老已经证得阿罗汉果,便腾空而起,在竹林精舍现身。长老心想:“世尊去了哪里?”他观察后知道世尊已到了竹林精舍,于是自己也腾空而起,在竹林精舍现身。那时,世尊诵出了巴帝摩卡。正是针对那次集会,世尊说“一千二百五十位比丘”。这就是“声闻集会分节”的解说。巴利
Tattha aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatānīti purāṇajaṭilānaṃ sahassaṃ, dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ parivārāni aḍḍhateyyasatānīti aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni. Tattha dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya vatthuṃ kathetvā pabbajjā dīpetabbā. Pabbajitānaṃ pana tesaṃ mahāmoggallāno sattame divase arahattaṃ patto. Dhammasenāpati pannarasame divase gijjhakūṭapabbatamajjhe sūkarakhataleṇapabbhāre bhāgineyyassa dīghanakhaparibbājakassa sajjite dhammayāge vedanāpariggahasuttante (ma. ni. 2.201) desiyamāne desanaṃ anubujjhamānaṃ ñāṇaṃ pesetvā sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ patto. Bhagavā therassa arahattappattiṃ ñatvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā veḷuvaneyeva paccuṭṭhāsi. Thero – ‘‘kuhiṃ nu kho bhagavā gato’’ti āvajjanto veḷuvane patiṭṭhitabhāvaṃ ñatvā sayampi vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā veḷuvaneyeva paccuṭṭhāsi. Atha bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ osāresi. Taṃ sannipātaṃ sandhāya bhagavā – ‘‘aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatānī’’ti āha. Ayaṃ sāvakasannipātaparicchedo nāma.
侍者分节解说巴利
Upaṭṭhākaparicchedavaṇṇanā
11 11. 不过在“侍者分节”里,“阿难”这个说法,是就他长期固定担任侍者这一点而说的。因为世尊刚成道时,还没有固定的侍者。有时是那伽萨摩罗长老拿着衣钵随行,有时是那耆多,有时是优波婆那,有时是善星,有时是沙弥准陀,有时是萨伽陀,有时是弥醯。其中有一次,世尊和那伽萨摩罗长老一起走在长途路上,来到一个岔路口。长老离开原路,说:“世尊,我要走这条路。”世尊就对他说:“来吧,比丘,我们走这条路。”他却说:“世尊,您自己拿衣钵吧,我要走这条路。”说完就开始把衣钵往地上放。于是世尊说:“拿来吧,比丘。”接过衣钵就走了。那位比丘走另一条路时,被贼抢走了衣钵,还被打破了头。他想:“现在世尊是我唯一的依靠,再没有别人了。”于是流着血来到世尊面前。世尊问:“比丘,这是怎么回事?”他就把经过禀报了。于是世尊安慰他说:“别担心,比丘,我们正是看出会发生这种事,才劝阻你的。”巴利
11. Upaṭṭhākaparicchede pana ānandoti nibaddhupaṭṭhākabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Bhagavato hi paṭhamabodhiyaṃ anibaddhā upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ. Ekadā nāgasamālo pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vicari, ekadā nāgito, ekadā upavāno, ekadā sunakkhatto, ekadā cundo samaṇuddeso, ekadā sāgato , ekadā meghiyo. Tattha ekadā bhagavā nāgasamālattherena saddhiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipanno dvedhāpathaṃ patto. Thero maggā okkamma – ‘‘bhagavā, ahaṃ iminā maggena gacchāmī’’ti āha. Atha naṃ bhagavā – ‘‘ehi bhikkhu, iminā maggena gacchāmā’’ti āha. So – ‘‘handa, bhagavā, tumhākaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gaṇhatha, ahaṃ iminā maggena gacchāmī’’ti vatvā pattacīvaraṃ chamāyaṃ ṭhapetuṃ āraddho. Atha naṃ bhagavā – ‘‘āhara, bhikkhū’’ti vatvā pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā gato. Tassapi bhikkhuno itarena maggena gacchato corā pattacīvarañceva hariṃsu, sīsañca bhindiṃsu. So – ‘‘bhagavā idāni me paṭisaraṇaṃ, na añño’’ti cintetvā lohitena gaḷitena bhagavato santikaṃ agamāsi. ‘‘Kimidaṃ bhikkhū’’ti ca vutte taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Atha naṃ bhagavā – ‘‘mā cintayi, bhikkhu, etaṃyeva te kāraṇaṃ sallakkhetvā nivārayimhā’’ti vatvā naṃ samassāsesi.
有一次,世尊和弥醯长老一起前往东竹鹿野苑的詹都村。在那里,弥醯在詹都村托钵后,在河边看到一座令人欢喜的芒果园,就说:“世尊,请您拿好您的衣钵,我要到那座芒果园里去修行沙门法。”世尊再三劝阻,他还是去了,结果被不善的念头困扰、纠缠。他回来后,把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:“我就是看出会发生这件事,才劝阻你的。”然后世尊逐渐来到了舍卫城。在那里,世尊坐在香室精舍中铺设好的殊胜佛座上,被比丘僧团围绕,对比丘们说:“各位比丘,我现在已经老了。有些比丘听我说‘我们走这条路’,却走别的路;有些比丘把我的衣钵放下。你们知道有哪一位比丘是我固定的侍者吗?”比丘们生起了法的警策。这时,舍利弗尊者从座位上起来,礼敬世尊后说:“世尊,我正是为了渴仰您,在十万劫以上的无数时间里圆满波罗蜜。像我这样有大智慧的人,应该适合做侍者吧?我来侍奉您。”世尊拒绝说:“够了,舍利弗。你所安住的方向,对我来说从不空缺。你的教诫和诸佛的教诫一样,我不需要你做侍者的事。”用同样的方式,以大目犍连为首,八十位大弟子都站了出来。世尊全都拒绝了。巴利
Ekadā pana bhagavā meghiyattherena saddhiṃ pācīnavaṃsamigadāye jantugāmaṃ agamāsi. Tatrāpi meghiyo jantugāme piṇḍāya caritvā nadītīre pāsādikaṃ ambavanaṃ disvā – ‘‘bhagavā, tumhākaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gaṇhatha, ahaṃ tasmiṃ ambavane samaṇadhammaṃ karomī’’ti vatvā bhagavatā tikkhattuṃ nivāriyamānopi gantvā akusalavitakkehi upadduto anvāsatto (a. ni. 9.3; udāna paricchedo 31 daṭṭhabbo). Paccāgantvā taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Tampi bhagavā – ‘‘idameva te kāraṇaṃ sallakkhetvā nivārayimhā’’ti vatvā anupubbena sāvatthiṃ agamāsi. Tattha gandhakuṭipariveṇe paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhave, idānimhi mahallako, ‘ekacce bhikkhū iminā maggena gacchāmā’ti vutte aññena gacchanti, ekacce mayhaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipanti, mayhaṃ nibaddhupaṭṭhākaṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ jānāthā’’ti. Bhikkhūnaṃ dhammasaṃvego udapādi. Athāyasmā sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā – ‘‘ahaṃ , bhante, tumheyeva patthayamāno satasahassakappādhikaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ pāramiyo pūrayiṃ, nanu mādiso mahāpañño upaṭṭhāko nāma vaṭṭati, ahaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti āha. Taṃ bhagavā – ‘‘alaṃ sāriputta, yassaṃ disāyaṃ tvaṃ viharasi, asuññāyeva me sā disā, tava ovādo buddhānaṃ ovādasadiso, na me tayā upaṭṭhākakiccaṃ atthī’’ti paṭikkhipi. Etenevupāyena mahāmoggallānaṃ ādiṃ katvā asītimahāsāvakā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Te sabbepi bhagavā paṭikkhipi.
阿难长老却只是默然坐着。于是比丘们对他说:“贤友阿难,比丘僧团正在请求侍者之位,你也去请求吧。”他说:“贤友,求来的侍者之位算什么呢?难道导师看不见我吗?如果世尊有意,他会说:‘让阿难来侍奉我。’”于是世尊说道:“诸比丘,不必由别人去催促阿难,他自己明白时机,就会来侍奉我。”随后比丘们又说:“贤友阿难,起来吧!贤友阿难,起来吧!去向十力世尊请求侍者之位。”长老便起身,求取了四项拒绝和四项请求,共八项条件。巴利
Ānandatthero pana tuṇhīyeva nisīdi. Atha naṃ bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘āvuso, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācati, tvampi yācāhī’’ti. So āha – ‘‘yācitvā laddhupaṭṭhānaṃ nāma āvuso kīdisaṃ hoti, kiṃ maṃ satthā na passati, sace rocissati, ānando maṃ upaṭṭhātūti vakkhatī’’ti. Atha bhagavā – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ānando aññena ussāhetabbo, sayameva jānitvā maṃ upaṭṭhahissatī’’ti āha. Tato bhikkhū – ‘‘uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānanda, uṭṭhehi āvuso ānanda, dasabalaṃ upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero uṭṭhahitvā cattāro paṭikkhepe, catasso ca āyācanāti aṭṭha vare yāci.
所谓四项拒绝,是这样的:他先开口请求:“尊者,如果世尊不把自己得到的上等袈裟给我,不把团食给我,不允许我和他同住一间香室,不接受邀请带我一起去,那我就以此条件来侍奉世尊。”世尊听后问他:“阿难,你在这里看到了什么过患?”他回答说:“尊者,如果我得到这些东西,就会有人议论说:‘阿难享用十力世尊所得的上等袈裟,享用团食,与世尊同住一间香室,还和世尊一起受邀请。他享受这些利益而侍奉如来,像这样侍奉,有什么负担呢?’”他就是求取这四项拒绝。巴利
Cattāro paṭikkhepā nāma – ‘‘sace me, bhante, bhagavā attanā laddhaṃ paṇītaṃ cīvaraṃ na dassati, piṇḍapātaṃ na dassati, ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasituṃ na dassati, nimantanaṃ gahetvā na gamissati, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vatvā – ‘‘kiṃ panettha, ānanda, ādīnavaṃ passasī’’ti vutte – ‘‘sacāhaṃ, bhante, imāni vatthūni labhissāmi, bhavissanti vattāro – ‘ānando dasabalena laddhaṃ paṇītaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjati, piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjati, ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasati, ekato nimantanaṃ gacchati, etaṃ lābhaṃ labhanto tathāgataṃ upaṭṭhāti, ko evaṃ upaṭṭhahato bhāro’ti’’ ime cattāro paṭikkhepe yāci.
阿难求了这四种祈请。他说:尊者,如果世尊接受我的邀请前往受供,如果我能让那些从别的国土、别的地区赶来拜见世尊的大众,一到就能见到世尊,如果我心里生起疑惑时,当下就能到世尊跟前请教,如果世尊不在我面前时开示的法,回来后会再给我讲一遍——能这样,我就侍奉世尊。世尊听后问他:阿难,你在这里看到什么好处呢?阿难回答:尊者,有些有信心的善男子没机会见到世尊,就来对我说:阿难尊者,明天请您和世尊一起到我家来受供。尊者,如果世尊不去那里,我就没法在众人想见佛的那一刻让他们见到佛,也没法帮他们消除疑惑。到时候就会有人议论:阿难侍奉十力世尊,世尊连这点帮忙都不肯给他。还有人会背着世尊来问我:阿难贤友,这首偈颂、这部经、这篇本生,是在哪里说的?如果我答不上来,就会有人议论:朋友,连这个你都不知道,你怎么能像影子一样长年跟着世尊到处游化呢?所以,我想请世尊把不在我面前说的法,再给我重讲一遍。阿难求的就是这四种祈请。世尊都答应了他。巴利
Catasso āyācanā nāma – ‘‘sace, bhante, bhagavā mayā gahitanimantanaṃ gamissati, sacāhaṃ tiroraṭṭhā tirojanapadā bhagavantaṃ daṭṭhuṃ āgataṃ parisaṃ āgatakkhaṇe eva bhagavantaṃ dassetuṃ lacchāmi, yadā me kaṅkhā uppajjati, tasmiṃyeva khaṇe bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamituṃ lacchāmi, yaṃ bhagavā mayhaṃ parammukhā dhammaṃ deseti, taṃ āgantvā mayhaṃ kathessati, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vatvā – ‘‘kaṃ panettha, ānanda, ānisaṃsaṃ passasī’’ti vutte – ‘‘idha, bhante, saddhā kulaputtā bhagavato okāsaṃ alabhantā maṃ evaṃ vadanti – ‘sve, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā saddhiṃ amhākaṃ ghare bhikkhaṃ gaṇheyyāthā’ti, sace bhante bhagavā tattha na gamissati, icchitakkhaṇeyeva parisaṃ dassetuṃ, kaṅkhañca vinodetuṃ okāsaṃ na lacchāmi, bhavissanti vattāro – ‘kiṃ ānando dasabalaṃ upaṭṭhāti, ettakampissa anuggahaṃ bhagavā na karotī’ti. Bhagavato ca parammukhā maṃ pucchissanti – ‘ayaṃ, āvuso ānanda, gāthā, idaṃ suttaṃ, idaṃ jātakaṃ, kattha desita’nti. Sacāhaṃ taṃ na sampādayissāmi, bhavissanti vattāro – ‘ettakampi, āvuso, na jānāsi, kasmā tvaṃ chāyā viya bhagavantaṃ avijahanto dīgharattaṃ vicarasī’ti. Tenāhaṃ parammukhā desitassapi dhammassa puna kathanaṃ icchāmī’’ti imā catasso āyācanā yāci. Bhagavāpissa adāsi.
就这样,他取得了这八种殊胜的待遇之后,就成了固定随侍佛陀的人。世尊正是为了得到这个固定随侍者的位置,在十万劫中圆满的种种波罗蜜才结出了这个果报。世尊就是针对他这种固定随侍者的身份才说:“比丘们,如今我这里的阿难比丘,是侍者,是最上等的侍者。”这一部分名为“侍者的判定”。巴利
Evaṃ ime aṭṭha vare gahetvā nibaddhupaṭṭhāko ahosi. Tasseva ṭhānantarassatthāya kappasatasahassaṃ pūritānaṃ pāramīnaṃ phalaṃ pāpuṇīti imassa nibaddhupaṭṭhākabhāvaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi ānando bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko aggupaṭṭhāko’’ti āha. Ayaṃ upaṭṭhākaparicchedo nāma.
12 第12篇“喜的判定”本身意思很清楚。巴利
12. Pitiparicchedo uttānatthoyeva.
世尊进入精舍。为什么进入精舍呢?据说,世尊讲了这么多之后,心里想:“我还没有把七位佛陀的传承不间断地从头讲到尾。今天我先进入精舍,这些比丘就会以宿命通为话题,更加热烈地讨论和赞叹。等我回来之后,再把佛陀的传承不间断地从头讲到尾,完整地展示出来。”于是,世尊给比丘们留出谈话的机会,就从座位上起身,进入了精舍。巴利
Vihāraṃ pāvisīti kasmā vihāraṃ pāvisi? Bhagavā kira ettakaṃ kathetvā cintesi – ‘‘na tāva mayā sattannaṃ buddhānaṃ vaṃso nirantaraṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā kathito, ajja mayi pana vihāraṃ paviṭṭhe ime bhikkhū bhiyyoso mattāya pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ ārabbha vaṇṇaṃ kathayissanti. Athāhaṃ āgantvā nirantaraṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ kathetvā matthakaṃ pāpetvā dassāmī’’ti bhikkhūnaṃ kathāvārassa okāsaṃ datvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.
世尊讲说的这一传承里,提到了劫的区分、生的区分、种姓的区分、寿命的区分、菩提的区分、声闻双贤的区分、声闻集会的区分、侍者的区分、父系的区分,这九项已经出现;而“众多区分”这一项还没有出现,需要引出来加以说明。巴利
Yañcetaṃ bhagavā tantiṃ kathesi, tattha kappaparicchedo, jātiparicchedo, gottaparicchedo, āyuparicchedo, bodhiparicchedo, sāvakayugaparicchedo, sāvakasannipātaparicchedo, upaṭṭhākaparicchedo, pitiparicchedoti navime vārā āgatā, sambahulavāro anāgato, ānetvā pana dīpetabbo.
《众多节》经论的详细解说巴利
Sambahulavārakathāvaṇṇanā
一切菩萨都是在自己有了一个符合家族血统的儿子之后,才离家出家,这就是他们的传统,这就是他们的惯例。为什么?因为一切智菩萨从入母胎开始,就有前面说过的种种神通变化出现。在那种情况下,如果人们看不出他的出生城市、父亲、母亲、妻子、儿子,就会想:“这个人既看不出有出生城市,也看不出有父亲、妻子、儿子,想必是天人、帝释、魔罗或梵天吧?可是对天人来说,这样的神通变化并不稀奇。”抱着这种想法的人,就会觉得这事既不值得听,也不值得信。这样一来,就不会有证悟;没有证悟,佛陀出世就毫无意义,教法也就不能导向解脱。所以,一切菩萨都是在自己有了一个符合家族血统的儿子之后,才离家出家,这就是他们的传统,这就是他们的惯例。因此,应当从儿子等角度,把“众多品类”引出来加以说明。巴利
Sabbabodhisattānañhi ekasmiṃ kulavaṃsānurūpe putte jāte nikkhamitvā pabbajitabbanti ayameva vaṃso, ayaṃ paveṇī. Kasmā? Sabbaññubodhisattānañhi mātukucchiṃ okkamanato paṭṭhāya pubbe vuttappakārāni anekāni pāṭihāriyāni honti, tatra nesaṃ yadi neva jātanagaraṃ, na pitā, na mātā, na bhariyā, na putto paññāyeyya, ‘‘imassa neva jātanagaraṃ, na pitā, na bhariyā, na putto paññāyati, devo vā sakko vā māro vā brahmā vā esa maññe, devānañca īdisaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ anacchariya’’nti maññamāno jano neva sotabbaṃ, na saddhātabbaṃ maññeyya. Tato abhisamayo na bhaveyya, abhisamaye asati niratthakova buddhuppādo, aniyyānikaṃ sāsanaṃ hoti. Tasmā sabbabodhisattānaṃ – ‘‘ekasmiṃ kulavaṃsānurūpe putte jāte nikkhamitvā pabbajitabba’’nti ayameva vaṃso ayaṃ paveṇī. Tasmā puttādīnaṃ vasena sambahulavāro ānetvā dīpetabbo.
众多划分的注释巴利
Sambahulaparicchedavaṇṇanā
身相匀称圆满的萨玛瓦塔堪达无与伦比,善睡眠的优陀罗;
商主和胜军,罗睺罗是第七个。巴利
Samavattakkhandho atulo, suppabuddho ca uttaro; Satthavāho vijitaseno, rāhulo bhavati sattamoti.
这些应当依次理解为七位菩萨各自的七个儿子。巴利
Ete tāva sattannampi bodhisattānaṃ anukkameneva satta puttā veditabbā.
当时,罗睺罗刚出生,他们拿来一片叶子,放在大士的手中。就在那一刻,对儿子的疼爱之情涌起,震动了全身。他心想:“才一个儿子出生,就有这样的父爱;据说我将有上千个儿子,每出生一个,这种爱的系缚都这样增长,那会难以摆脱。罗睺罗出生了,系缚产生了。”就在当天,他舍弃王位出家了。这个道理适用于所有菩萨之子的出生。以上是关于儿子的部分。巴利
Tattha rāhulabhadde tāva jāte paṇṇaṃ āharitvā mahāpurisassa hatthe ṭhapayiṃsu. Athassa tāvadeva sakalasarīraṃ khobhetvā puttasineho aṭṭhāsi. So cintesi – ‘‘ekasmiṃ tāva jāte evarūpo puttasineho, parosahassaṃ kira me puttā bhavissanti, tesu ekekasmiṃ jāte idaṃ sinehabandhanaṃ evaṃ vaḍḍhantaṃ dubbhejjaṃ bhavissati, rāhu jāto, bandhanaṃ jāta’’nti āha. Taṃ divasameva ca rajjaṃ pahāya nikkhanto. Esa nayo sabbesaṃ puttuppattiyanti. Ayaṃ puttaparicchedo.
苏陀那、一切欲乐,善心以及罗奇尼;
卢卡嘎提(Rucaggatī)、善喜(Sunandā)和宾比(Bimbā)是第七位。巴利
Sutanā sabbakāmā ca, sucittā atha rocinī; Rucaggatī sunandā ca, bimbā bhavati sattamāti.
这些也是那七位儿子的母亲。然而,频婆妃在罗睺罗王子出生后,就以“罗睺罗之母”为人所知。这是关于妻子的部分。巴利
Etā tesaṃ sattannampi puttānaṃ mātaro ahesuṃ. Bimbādevī pana rāhulakumāre jāte rāhulamātāti paññāyittha. Ayaṃ bhariyaparicchedo.
毗婆尸佛和拘留孙佛这两位菩萨,是乘坐良马牵引的骏车,完成了伟大的出家。尸弃佛和拘那含佛这两位,则是乘着上等象背出家的。毗舍婆佛坐在金轿里出家。至于迦叶佛,他坐在高楼大殿上,修成了入出息念第四禅那,出定之后,以那个禅那为基础,发愿说:“愿这座楼阁腾空而起,降落到菩提道场。”楼阁便腾空飞行,降落在菩提道场。这位大人从楼阁下来,站在地上,心想:“愿楼阁回到原来的位置。”楼阁就回到了原处。这位大人精进修行七天,然后坐到菩提座上,证得了一切知智。而我们的菩萨,则是骑着犍陟良马出家的。这是关于交通工具的章节。巴利
Vipassī kakusandhoti ime pana dve bodhisattā payuttaājaññarathamāruyha mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamiṃsu. Sikhī koṇāgamanoti ime dve hatthikkhandhavaragatā hutvā nikkhamiṃsu. Vessabhū suvaṇṇasivikāya nisīditvā nikkhami. Kassapo uparipāsāde mahātale nisinnova ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā jhānā uṭṭhāya taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā – ‘‘pāsādo uggantvā bodhimaṇḍe otaratū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Pāsādo ākāsena gantvā bodhimaṇḍe otari. Mahāpurisopi tato otaritvā bhūmiyaṃ ṭhatvā – ‘‘pāsādo yathāṭhāneyeva patiṭṭhātū’’ti cintesi. So yathāṭhāne patiṭṭhāsi. Mahāpurisopi satta divasāni padhānamanuyuñjitvā bodhipallaṅke nisīditvā sabbaññutaṃ paṭivijjhi. Amhākaṃ pana bodhisatto kaṇṭakaṃ assavaramāruyha nikkhantoti. Ayaṃ yānaparicchedo.
毗婆尸世尊的精舍建在一由旬的地方,尸弃佛的建在三俱卢舍的地方,毗舍婆佛的建在半由旬的地方,拘留孙佛的建在一俱卢舍的地方,拘那含佛的建在半俱卢舍的地方,迦叶佛的建在二十优沙婆的地方。我们的世尊的精舍,按普通尺度建在十六迦梨舍的地方,按王制尺度建在八迦梨舍的地方。这是关于精舍范围的章节。巴利
Vipassissa pana bhagavato yojanappamāṇe padese vihāro patiṭṭhāsi, sikhissa tigāvute, vessabhussa aḍḍhayojane, kakusandhassa gāvute, koṇāgamanassa aḍḍhagāvute, kassapassa vīsatiusabhe. Amhākaṃ bhagavato pakatimānena soḷasakarīse, rājamānena aṭṭhakarīse padese vihāro patiṭṭhitoti. Ayaṃ vihāraparicchedo.
毗婆尸世尊时,人们用长一肘、宽一拃、高八指的金砖铺满地面,买下了建精舍的地。尸弃佛时,用金杖的碎片铺地买下。毗舍婆佛时,打造金象脚,用这些铺地买下。拘留孙佛时,也按前面说的方式,用金砖铺地买下。拘那含佛时,也按前面说的方式,用金龟铺地买下。迦叶佛时,只用金肘尺铺地买下。我们的世尊时,用带有种种相状的金币铺地买下。这是关于买精舍地所用钱财的章节。巴利
Vipassissa pana bhagavato ekaratanāyāmā vidatthivitthārā aṭṭhaṅgulubbedhā suvaṇṇiṭṭhakā kāretvā cūḷaṃsena chādetvā vihāraṭṭhānaṃ kiṇiṃsu. Sikhissa suvaṇṇayaṭṭhiphālehi chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Vessabhussa suvaṇṇahatthipādāni kāretvā tesaṃ cūḷaṃsena chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Kakusandhassa vuttanayeneva suvaṇṇiṭṭhakāhi chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Koṇāgamanassa vuttanayeneva suvaṇṇakacchapehi chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Kassapassa suvaṇṇakaṭṭīhiyeva chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Amhākaṃ bhagavato salakkhaṇānaṃ kahāpaṇānaṃ cūḷaṃsena chādetvā kiṇiṃsu. Ayaṃ vihārabhūmiggahaṇadhanaparicchedo.
在这其中,毗婆尸世尊的侍者名叫富兰那婆娑蜜多罗,他买下那块地、建好精舍后供养给世尊。尸弃佛的侍者名叫西利瓦达,毗舍婆佛的侍者名叫索提亚,拘留孙佛的侍者名叫阿丘多,拘那含佛的侍者名叫优伽,迦叶佛的侍者名叫须摩那,我们这位世尊的侍者名叫须达多。这些人都是大富长者、豪族家主。这就是关于侍者的章节。巴利
Tattha vipassissa bhagavato tathā bhūmiṃ kiṇitvā vihāraṃ katvā dinnupaṭṭhāko punabbasumitto nāma ahosi, sikhissa sirivaḍḍhano nāma, vessabhussa sotthiyo nāma, kakusandhassa accuto nāma, koṇāgamanassa uggo nāma, kassapassa sumano nāma, amhākaṃ bhagavato sudatto nāma. Sabbe cete gahapatimahāsālā seṭṭhino ahesunti. Ayaṃ upaṭṭhākaparicchedo nāma.
还有另外四种“不弃舍之处”。一切诸佛的菩提座是不弃舍的,总是在同一个地方。转法轮处也一定是在仙人堕处鹿野苑,不会改变。从三十三天下来时,桑迦沙城门的第一足印处也一定不改变。祇园精舍香室里的四个床脚处也一定不改变。不过,精舍可以小也可以大,精舍本身也不弃舍;但城市却会改变。当城市在东方时,精舍就在西方;当城市在南方时,精舍就在北方;当城市在西方时,精舍就在东方;当城市在北方时,精舍就在南方。现在,城市在北方,精舍在南方。巴利
Aparāni cattāri avijahitaṭṭhānāni nāma honti. Sabbabuddhānañhi bodhipallaṅko avijahito, ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne hoti. Dhammacakkappavattanaṃ isipatane migadāye avijahitameva hoti. Devorohanakāle saṅkassanagaradvāre paṭhamapadagaṇṭhikā avijahitāva hoti. Jetavane gandhakuṭiyā cattāri mañcapādaṭṭhānāni avijahitāneva honti. Vihāro pana khuddakopi mahantopi hoti, vihāropi na vijahitoyeva, nagaraṃ pana vijahati. Yadā nagaraṃ pācīnato hoti, tadā vihāro pacchimato; yadā nagaraṃ dakkhiṇato, tadā vihāro uttarato. Yadā nagaraṃ pacchimato, tadā vihāro pācīnato; yadā nagaraṃ uttarato, tadā vihāro dakkhiṇato. Idāni pana nagaraṃ uttarato, vihāro dakkhiṇato.
一切诸佛之间有五种差异:寿命差异、身量差异、族姓差异、精进差异和身光差异。所谓寿命差异,就是有些佛寿命长,有些佛寿命短。比如燃灯佛的寿量是十万岁,而我们的世尊寿量是一百岁。巴利
Sabbabuddhānañca āyuvemattaṃ, pamāṇavemattaṃ, kulavemattaṃ, padhānavemattaṃ, rasmivemattanti pañca vemattāni honti. Āyuvemattaṃ nāma keci dīghāyukā honti, keci appāyukā. Tathā hi dīpaṅkarassa vassasatasahassaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi, amhākaṃ bhagavato vassasataṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ.
所谓身量差异,就是有些佛身材高大,有些佛身材矮小。比如燃灯佛身高八十肘,须摩那佛身高九十肘,而我们的世尊身高十八肘。巴利
Pamāṇavemattaṃ nāma keci dīghā honti keci rassā. Tathā hi dīpaṅkaro asītihattho ahosi, sumano navutihattho, amhākaṃ bhagavā aṭṭhārasahattho.
族姓差异是指:有些佛出生在刹帝利家族,有些出生在婆罗门家族。精进差异是指:有些佛的精进只持续很短一段时间,比如迦叶世尊;有些佛的精进则长久持续,比如我们的世尊。巴利
Kulavemattaṃ nāma keci khattiyakule nibbattanti, keci brāhmaṇakule. Padhānavemattaṃ nāma kesañci padhānaṃ ittarakālameva hoti, yathā kassapassa bhagavato. Kesañci addhaniyaṃ, yathā amhākaṃ bhagavato.
所谓“光差异”,是指吉祥世尊的身光遍及一万个世界;而我们的世尊,身光只遍及周围一寻的范围。其中,光差异取决于意愿:谁想要照多远,他的身光就遍及多远。但吉祥世尊的意愿是“愿我的身光永远遍及一万个世界”。然而,在已通达的功德上,任何人之间都没有差异。巴利
Rasmivemattaṃ nāma maṅgalassa bhagavato sarīrarasmi dasasahassilokadhātuppamāṇā ahosi. Amhākaṃ bhagavato samantā byāmamattā . Tatra rasmivemattaṃ ajjhāsayappaṭibaddhaṃ, yo yattakaṃ icchati, tassa tattakaṃ sarīrappabhā pharati. Maṅgalassa pana niccampi dasasahassilokadhātuṃ pharatūti ajjhāsayo ahosi. Paṭividdhaguṇesu pana kassaci vemattaṃ nāma natthi.
另外,他们只说明了我们这位世尊的“同生分际”和“星宿分际”。据说,与一切知菩萨同时出生的有七种:罗睺罗的母亲、阿难长老、阐那、犍陟马、宝瓶、大菩提树、迦留陀夷。这就是七种同生。这位大丈夫在郁陀罗萨他星宿月入母胎、出家、转法轮、示现双神变;在毗舍佉星宿月出生、成正觉、入般涅槃;在摩伽星宿月举行弟子大集会并舍弃寿行;在阿须瑜尼星宿月从天上下降人间。把这些都引出来说明。这就叫“众多分际”。巴利
Aparaṃ amhākaṃyeva bhagavato sahajātaparicchedañca nakkhattaparicchedañca dīpesuṃ. Sabbaññubodhisattena kira saddhiṃ rāhulamātā, ānandatthero, channo, kaṇṭako, nidhikumbho, mahābodhi, kāḷudāyīti imāni satta sahajātāni. Mahāpuriso ca uttarāsāḷhanakkhatteneva mātukucchiṃ okkami, mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhami, dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ akāsi. Visākhānakkhattena jāto ca abhisambuddho ca parinibbuto ca. Māghanakkhattenassa sāvakasannipāto ca ahosi, āyusaṅkhārossajjanañca, assayujanakkhattena devorohananti ettakaṃ āharitvā dīpetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ sambahulaparicchedo nāma.
13 13. 现在,在“于是,那些比丘……”等句中,那些比丘心里想:“贤友们,所谓宿住随念的趣向是这样的,也就是从死时开始,追溯到结生。但是,如果从结生开始,把智反向送向死时,那就太重了。世尊这样说,就像在空中显示脚印一样。”他们生起极大的惊奇,说了“真是稀有啊,贤友们”等话之后,为了再指出另一个理由,又说:“因为,如来确实……”等。其中,“因为,确实”是表示惊奇意义的语气词,意思是“如来竟然……”。“已断戏论”中,所谓戏论,就是渴爱、慢、见这三种烦恼。“已断轮转”中,轮转是指善不善的业轮转。“已尽轮转”是它的同义词,意思是已耗尽一切业轮转。“已超越一切苦”,意思是超越了一切称为异熟轮转的苦。“将忆念”这里是依据“yatra”这个语气词而用的未来时说法,但这里的意思应当按过去时来理解。因为世尊是忆念了那些佛陀,并不是现在才将忆念。“如是戒”,是指以道戒、果戒、世间与出世间戒而成为这样具戒者。“如是法”,这里指的是定方面的法,即依道定、果定、世间与出世间定而成为这样具定者,意思是“如是定”。“如是慧”,同样是依道慧等而成为这样具慧者。“如是住”这里,因为前面已经取了定方面的法,所以“住”也已经被取了,那为什么还要再取已经取了的呢?这并不是已经取过的同一个,这里是为了说明灭尽定。因此,应当理解这里的意思是:那些世尊是这样以灭尽定而住的。巴利
13. Idāni atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnantiādīsu te bhikkhū – ‘‘āvuso, pubbenivāsassa nāma ayaṃ gati, yadidaṃ cutito paṭṭhāya paṭisandhiārohanaṃ. Yaṃ pana idaṃ paṭisandhito paṭṭhāya pacchāmukhaṃ ñāṇaṃ pesetvā cuti gantabbaṃ, idaṃ atigarukaṃ. Ākāse padaṃ dassento viya bhagavā kathesī’’ti ativimhayajātā hutvā – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, āvuso,’’tiādīni vatvā puna aparampi kāraṇaṃ dassento – ‘‘yatra hi nāma tathāgato’’tiādimāhaṃsu . Tattha yatra hi nāmāti acchariyatthe nipāto, yo nāma tathāgatoti attho. Chinnapapañceti ettha papañcā nāma taṇhā māno diṭṭhīti ime tayo kilesā. Chinnavaṭumeti ettha vaṭumanti kusalākusalakammavaṭṭaṃ vuccati. Pariyādinnavaṭṭeti tasseva vevacanaṃ, pariyādinnasabbakammavaṭṭeti attho. Sabbadukkhavītivatteti sabbaṃ vipākavaṭṭasaṅkhātaṃ dukkhaṃ vītivatte . Anussarissatīti idaṃ yatrāti nipātavasena anāgatavacanaṃ, attho panettha atītavasena veditabbo. Bhagavā hi te buddhe anussari, na idāni anussarissati. Evaṃsīlāti maggasīlena phalasīlena lokiyalokuttarasīlena evaṃsīlā. Evaṃdhammāti ettha samādhipakkhā dhammā adhippetā, maggasamādhinā phalasamādhinā lokiyalokuttarasamādhinā, evaṃsamādhayoti attho. Evaṃpaññāti maggapaññādivaseneva evaṃpaññā. Evaṃvihārīti ettha pana heṭṭhā samādhipakkhānaṃ dhammānaṃ gahitattā vihāro gahitova puna kasmā gahitameva gaṇhātīti ce; na idaṃ gahitameva, idañhi nirodhasamāpattidīpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tasmā evaṃ nirodhasamāpattivihārī te bhagavanto ahesunti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
“这样解脱”这句话里,解脱有五种:镇伏解脱、彼分解脱、正断解脱、止息解脱、出离解脱。其中,八等至因为是从被自己镇伏了的诸盖等烦恼中解脱出来,所以算作镇伏解脱。无常随观等七种随观,因为是从各自的对治部分所舍弃的常想等当中解脱出来,所以算作彼分解脱。四种圣道因为是从被自己正断了的诸烦恼中解脱出来,所以算作正断解脱。四种沙门果因为是在道的力量使烦恼止息时生起的,所以算作止息解脱。涅槃因为从一切烦恼中出离、远离、站得远远的,所以算作出离解脱。应当依据这五种解脱,来理解这里“这样解脱”的意思。巴利
Evaṃvimuttāti ettha vikkhambhanavimutti, tadaṅgavimutti, samucchedavimutti, paṭippassaddhivimutti, nissaraṇavimuttīti pañcavidhā vimutti. Tattha aṭṭha samāpattiyo sayaṃ vikkhambhitehi nīvaraṇādīhi vimuttattā vikkhambhanavimuttīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Aniccānupassanādikā sattānupassanā sayaṃ tassa tassa paccanīkaṅgavasena pariccattāhi niccasaññādīhi vimuttattā tadaṅgavimuttīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Cattāro ariyamaggā sayaṃ samucchinnehi kilesehi vimuttattā samucchedavimuttīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Cattāri sāmaññaphalāni maggānubhāvena kilesānaṃ paṭippassaddhante uppannattā paṭippassaddhivimuttīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Nibbānaṃ sabbakilesehi nissaṭattā apagatattā dūre ṭhitattā nissaraṇavimuttīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Iti imāsaṃ pañcannaṃ vimuttīnaṃ vasena – ‘‘evaṃ vimuttā’’ti ettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
14 从独处静坐中起来,就是指从独一的状态中出来。巴利
14.Paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitoti ekībhāvā vuṭṭhito.
16 比丘们,这里说的“从此人界的那一位”有什么连结呢?这部经其实是由这两句连起来的:一句是“比丘们,这正是如来所善巧通达的法界”,另一句是“诸天也向如来报告了这件事”。其中,诸天报告这一句,会在经文末尾讲到天人游行的喧闹时再加以讨论。而这段开示,则是依“法界”这一句的连结而开始的。其中,“刹帝利因出身……”等十一句,应当按因缘品中已说的方法来理解。巴利
16.‘‘Ito so, bhikkhave’’ti ko anusandhi? Idañhi suttaṃ – ‘‘tathāgatassevesā, bhikkhave, dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā’’ti ca ‘‘devatāpi tathāgatassa etamatthaṃ ārocesu’’nti ca imehi dvīhi padehi ābaddhaṃ. Tattha devatārocanapadaṃ suttantapariyosāne devacārikakolāhalaṃ dassento vicāressati . Dhammadhātupadānusandhivasena pana ayaṃ desanā āraddhā. Tattha khattiyo jātiyātiādīni ekādasapadāni nidānakaṇḍe vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
菩萨法性解说巴利
Bodhisattadhammatāvaṇṇanā
17 那时,比丘们,“毗婆尸菩萨”等语句中,“毗婆尸”是他的名字,这个名字是因为他善于观察种种义理而得到的。“菩萨”是指有智慧的有情、将要觉悟的有情;或者是指心系于、执著于被称为“菩提”的四道的有情,所以叫菩萨。“具念、正知”中,“念”就是念,“正知”就是智。意思是把念很好地建立起来,用智加以判断之后,进入母胎。用“入”这个字,是显示他入胎时的状态,并不是入胎的先后步骤。不过,这个步骤已经记载在注释书里,所以应当这样理解。巴利
17.Athakho, bhikkhave, vipassī bodhisattotiādīsu pana vipassīti tassa nāmaṃ, tañca kho vividhe atthe passanakusalatāya laddhaṃ. Bodhisattoti paṇḍitasatto bujjhanakasatto. Bodhisaṅkhātesu vā catūsu maggesu satto āsatto laggamānasoti bodhisatto. Sato sampajānoti ettha satoti satiyeva. Sampajānoti ñāṇaṃ. Satiṃ sūpaṭṭhitaṃ katvā ñāṇena paricchinditvā mātukucchiṃ okkamīti attho. Okkamīti iminā cassa okkantabhāvo pāḷiyaṃ dassito, na okkamanakkamo. So pana yasmā aṭṭhakathaṃ ārūḷho, tasmā evaṃ veditabbo –
一切菩萨都是圆满三十种波罗蜜,舍弃五种大舍,达到利亲行、利世间行、佛行的顶点之后,安住在像须大拏那样的第三生中,行七种大布施,令大地震动七次,然后命终,在第二个心识刹那投生到兜率天。毗婆尸菩萨也同样这样做,投生到兜率天城后,在那里住了五十七亿六百万年。不过,有时投生到长寿天界的菩萨并不会住满寿命。为什么呢?因为在那里很难圆满波罗蜜。他们决意舍寿后,就只投生到人间。而正在圆满波罗蜜的菩萨,就像现在能以一生就成就一切知智那样,因为已经完全圆满了波罗蜜,所以那时的毗婆尸菩萨就在那里住满了寿命。巴利
Sabbabodhisattā hi samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā, pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā, ñātatthacariyalokatthacariyabuddhacariyānaṃ koṭiṃ patvā, vessantarasadise tatiye attabhāve ṭhatvā, satta mahādānāni datvā, sattakkhattuṃ pathaviṃ kampetvā, kālaṅkatvā, dutiyacittavāre tusitabhavane nibbattanti. Vipassī bodhisattopi tatheva katvā tusitapure nibbattitvā saṭṭhisatasahassādhikā sattapaññāsa vassakoṭiyo tattha aṭṭhāsi. Aññadā pana dīghāyukadevaloke nibbattā bodhisattā na yāvatāyukaṃ tiṭṭhanti. Kasmā? Tattha pāramīnaṃ duppūraṇīyattā. Te adhimuttikālakiriyaṃ katvā manussapatheyeva nibbattanti. Pāramīnaṃ pūrento pana yathā idāni ekena attabhāvena sabbaññutaṃ upanetuṃ sakkonti, evaṃ sabbaso pūritattā tadā vipassī bodhisatto tattha yāvatāyukaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
天神们则会出现五种前兆,预示“按人间的算法,再过七天就要死了”:花环枯萎,衣服变脏,腋下流汗,身体变得难看,天人在自己的座位上坐不住。其中,“花环”是指投生那天所戴的装饰花环。据说这些花环经过五十七俱胝六百万年都不曾枯萎,到那时却枯萎了。衣服也是这样。在这么长的时间里,天人们既不觉得冷也不觉得热,到那时身体却一滴滴地出汗。在这么长的时间里,他们身上看不出头发稀疏、秃顶等变丑的样子,天女看起来像十六岁的少女,天子看起来像二十岁的青年,但临死时他们的身体却显得疲惫不堪。在这么长的时间里,他们在天界从不感到厌倦,临死时却唉声叹气、伸懒腰,在自己的座位上再也待得不快乐。巴利
Devatānaṃ pana – ‘‘manussānaṃ gaṇanāvasena idāni sattahi divasehi cuti bhavissatī’’ti pañca pubbanimittāni uppajjanti – mālā milāyanti, vatthāni kilissanti, kacchehi sedā muccanti, kāye dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkamati, devo devāsane na saṇṭhāti. Tattha mālāti paṭisandhiggahaṇadivase piḷandhanamālā , tā kira saṭṭhisatasahassādhikā sattapaṇṇāsa vassakoṭiyo amilāyitvā tadā milāyanti. Vatthesupi eseva nayo. Ettakaṃ pana kālaṃ devānaṃ neva sītaṃ na uṇhaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ kāle sarīrā bindubinduvasena sedā muccanti. Ettakañca kālaṃ tesaṃ sarīre khaṇḍiccapāliccādivasena vivaṇṇatā na paññāyati, devadhītā soḷasavassuddesikā viya khāyanti, devaputtā vīsativassuddesikā viya khāyanti, maraṇakāle pana tesaṃ kilantarūpo attabhāvo hoti. Ettakañca tesaṃ kālaṃ devaloke ukkaṇṭhitā nāma natthi, maraṇakāle pana nissasanti vijambhanti, sake āsane nābhiramanti.
不过,这些前兆并不是所有天神都能看到的。就像在人间,只有大福德的人——比如国王、大臣等——才会出现流星坠落、大地震动、月食这类征兆,不是人人都能遇到;同样,这些前兆也只出现在有大威力的天神身上,并非所有天神都能见到。又像人间只有占星师等人能识别这些前兆,不是所有人都懂;这些前兆也不是所有天神都能知道,只有有智慧的天神才了解。其中,那些因微薄善业而投生为天子的,当这些前兆出现时就会害怕,心想:“现在谁知道我会投生到哪里去呢?”而那些有大福德的天神就不害怕,他们想:“我们凭着布施、持戒、修禅所积累的功德,将来会在更高的天界享受福报。”毗婆尸菩萨看到这些前兆也不害怕,心想:“下一世我就会成佛。”当这些前兆出现时,一万个轮围世界的天神聚集在一起,恳求他说:“朋友,您圆满十波罗蜜,不是为了求帝释天的福报、魔王的福报、梵天的福报或转轮王的福报,而是为了救度世间、为了成佛。朋友,现在正是您成佛的时候了;朋友,现在正是您成佛的时机了。”巴利
Imāni pana pubbanimittāni yathā loke mahāpuññānaṃ rājarājamahāmattādīnaṃyeva ukkāpātabhūmicālacandaggāhādīni nimittāni paññāyanti, na sabbesaṃ; evaṃ mahesakkhadevatānaṃyeva paññāyanti, na sabbesaṃ. Yathā ca manussesu pubbanimittāni nakkhattapāṭhakādayova jānanti, na sabbe; evaṃ tānipi na sabbadevatā jānanti, paṇḍitā eva pana jānanti. Tattha ye mandena kusalakammena nibbattā devaputtā, te tesu uppannesu – ‘‘idāni ko jānāti, ‘kuhiṃ nibbattessāmā’ti’’ bhāyanti. Ye mahāpuññā, te ‘‘amhehi dinnaṃ dānaṃ, rakkhitaṃ sīlaṃ, bhāvitaṃ bhāvanaṃ āgamma upari devalokesu sampattiṃ anubhavissāmā’’ti na bhāyanti. Vipassī bodhisattopi tāni pubbanimittāni disvā ‘‘idāni anantare attabhāve buddho bhavissāmī’’ti na bhāyati. Athassa tesu nimittesu pātubhūtesu dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatā sannipatitvā – ‘‘mārisa, tumhehi dasa pāramiyo pūrentehi na sakkasampattiṃ, na mārasampattiṃ, na brahmasampattiṃ, na cakkavattisampattiṃ patthentehi pūritā, lokanittharaṇatthāya pana buddhattaṃ patthayamānehi pūritā. So vo, idāni kālo, mārisa, buddhattāya, samayo, mārisa, buddhattāyā’’ti yācanti.
这时,大士没有先答应那些天神的请求,而是按照时间、洲岛、地点、家族、母亲和寿命这五项,做了所谓的“五种大观察”。其中,他先观察时间:“现在是合适的时候,还是不合适的时候?”在这里,人类的寿命增长到十万岁以上时,不算合适的时候。为什么呢?因为那时众生的生、老、死都不明显,而诸佛说法一定不离三法印。佛陀对他们讲“无常、苦、无我”时,他们会想:“这到底在说什么?”他们既不肯听,也不肯信,因此不会有现观;没有现观,教法就不能导向出离。所以那时不是合适的时候。人类寿命不到百岁时,也不是合适的时候。为什么呢?因为那时众生烦恼极为炽盛,而对烦恼炽盛的众生所给的教诫,无法在教诫该有的位置上站住,就像水面上划过的痕迹,很快就消失了。所以那时也不是合适的时候。从十万岁往下、从百岁往上,这段寿命区间才叫合适的时候,而那时人类的寿命正好是八万岁。于是大士看到:“这正是应当投生的时候。”由此观察了时间。巴利
Atha mahāsatto tāsaṃ devatānaṃ paṭiññaṃ adatvāva kāladīpadesakulajanettiāyuparicchedavasena pañcamahāvilokanaṃ nāma vilokesi. Tattha ‘‘kālo nu kho, na kālo’’ti paṭhamaṃ kālaṃ vilokesi. Tattha vassasatasahassato uddhaṃ vaḍḍhitaāyukālo kālo nāma na hoti. Kasmā? Tadā hi sattānaṃ jātijarāmaraṇāni na paññāyanti, buddhānañca dhammadesanā nāma tilakkhaṇamuttā natthi. Te tesaṃ – ‘‘aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā’’ti kathentānaṃ – ‘‘kiṃ nāmetaṃ kathentī’’ti neva sotuṃ, na saddahituṃ maññanti, tato abhisamayo na hoti, tasmiṃ asati aniyyānikaṃ sāsanaṃ hoti. Tasmā so akālo. Vassasatato ūnaāyukālopi kālo na hoti. Kasmā? Tadā hi sattā ussannakilesā honti, ussannakilesānañca dinno ovādo ovādaṭṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, udake daṇḍarāji viya khippaṃ vigacchati. Tasmā sopi akālova. Vassasatasahassato paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā, vassasatato paṭṭhāya uddhaṃ āyukālo kālo nāma, tadā ca asītivassasahassāyukā manussā. Atha mahāsatto – ‘‘nibbattitabbakālo’’ti kālaṃ passi.
随后,他观察洲岛,把四大洲连同附属小洲一起看了一遍,发现佛陀不在其他三洲出世,只有赡部洲才有佛陀出世,于是见到了洲岛。巴利
Tato dīpaṃ vilokento saparivāre cattāro dīpe oloketvā – ‘‘tīsu dīpesu buddhā na nibbattanti, jambudīpeyeva nibbattantī’’ti dīpaṃ passi.
随后,他观察地点:“赡部洲很大,方圆一万由旬,诸佛到底出生在哪个区域呢?”这样观察时,他看到了中土。所谓中土,就像律藏里按“东边有个叫伽姜伽罗的市镇……”这种方式所说的那样。这片区域长三百由旬,宽二百五十由旬,周长九百由旬。因为正是在这片区域里,诸佛、独觉佛、上首弟子、八十位大弟子、转轮王,以及其他有大威势的刹帝利、婆罗门和豪富长者之家的人会出生。而在这里,有一座叫槃头摩帝的城市。他下定决心:“我应当投生在那里。”巴利
Tato – ‘‘jambudīpo nāma mahā, dasayojanasahassaparimāṇo, katarasmiṃ nu kho padese buddhā nibbattantī’’ti desaṃ vilokento majjhimadesaṃ passi. Majjhimadeso nāma – ‘‘puratthimāya disāya gajaṅgalaṃ nāma nigamo’’tiādinā (mahāva. 259) nayena vinaye vuttova. So āyāmato tīṇi yojanasatāni, vitthārato aḍḍhateyyāni, parikkhepato navayojanasatānīti. Etasmiñhi padese buddhā paccekabuddhā aggasāvakā asīti mahāsāvakā cakkavattirājāno aññe ca mahesakkhā khattiyabrāhmaṇagahapatimahāsālā uppajjanti. Idañcettha bandhumatī nāma nagaraṃ, tattha mayā nibbattitabbanti niṭṭhaṃ agamāsi.
接着,他观察家族,看到:“诸佛都出生在世间公认的家族中。如今刹帝利家族是世间公认的,我要投生到那里,一个名叫般豆摩的国王会成为我的父亲。”就这样,他观察了家族。巴利
Tato kulaṃ vilokento – ‘‘buddhā nāma lokasammate kule nibbattanti. Idāni ca khattiyakulaṃ lokasammataṃ, tattha nibbattissāmi, bandhumā nāma me rājā pitā bhavissatī’’ti kulaṃ passi.
随后,他观察母亲,看到:佛母绝不是轻浮贪酒的女人。她已于百千劫中圆满波罗蜜,从出生起就持守五戒,从不毁犯。而这位名叫槃头摩帝的王后正是这样的人,她将成为我的母亲。接着他又想:她的寿命还有多长?便观察到:还有十个月零七天。巴利
Tato mātaraṃ vilokento – ‘‘buddhamātā nāma lolā surādhuttā na hoti, kappasatasahassaṃ pūritapāramī, jātito paṭṭhāya akhaṇḍapañcasīlā hoti, ayañca bandhumatī nāma devī īdisā, ayaṃ me mātā bhavissati , ‘‘kittakaṃ panassā āyū’’ti āvajjanto ‘‘dasannaṃ māsānaṃ upari satta divasānī’’ti passi.
他这样作了五大观察之后,为了摄受众天神,就对他们承诺说:“诸位贤友,现在正是我成佛的时候了。”然后说:“你们去吧。”就把那些天神打发走了。接着,他被兜率天的众天神围绕着,进入兜率天城里的欢喜园。其实在一切天界中都有欢喜园。在那里,众天神会提醒他过去所造的善业,在他身边走动,说:“你从这里死后,会投生到善趣去。”他就是这样被提醒善业的众天神围绕着,在那里走动的时候,就死去了。巴利
Iti imaṃ pañcamahāvilokanaṃ viloketvā ‘‘kālo, me mārisā, buddhabhāvāyā’’ti devatānaṃ saṅgahaṃ karonto paṭiññaṃ datvā – ‘‘gacchatha, tumhe’’ti tā devatā uyyojetvā tusitadevatāhi parivuto tusitapure nandanavanaṃ pāvisi. Sabbadevalokesu hi nandanavanaṃ atthiyeva. Tatra naṃ devatā ito cuto sugatiṃ gacchāti pubbekatakusalakammokāsaṃ sārayamānā vicaranti. So evaṃ devatāhi kusalaṃ sārayamānāhi parivuto tattha vicarantoyeva cavi.
他这样死后,知道自己“我正在死去”,但不知道死心。结生发生后,他也知道,但不知道那正是结生心。不过他知道“我在这个地方结生了”。然而有些长老说:“应该可以取到一种叫‘转向行相’的东西,他会在第二或第三心刹那才知道。”但三藏摩诃西瓦长老说:“大士们的结生和其他人的结生不一样,他们的念与正知达到了顶点。但因为不能用同一个心去了知那个心,所以不知道死心。在死的刹那,他也知道‘我正在死去’。不知道结生心。他知道‘我在某处结生了’,那时一万个世界震动。”他这样具念正知进入母胎时,是在十九种结生心中,以与慈俱行、伴有喜、与智相应、无行善心相似的广大果报心结生。但摩诃西瓦长老说是以与舍俱的心结生的。就像我们的世尊一样,他也是在阿沙陀月满月的北阿沙陀宿(斗宿)结生的。巴利
Evaṃ cuto ca ‘cavāmī’ti jānāti, cuticittaṃ na jānāti. Paṭisandhiṃ gahetvāpi jānāti, paṭisandhicittameva na jānāti. ‘‘Imasmiṃ me ṭhāne paṭisandhiṃ gahitā’’ti evaṃ pana jānāti. Keci pana therā – ‘‘āvajjanapariyāyo nāma laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, dutiyatatiyacittavāre eva jānissatī’’ti vadanti. Tipiṭakamahāsīvatthero pana āha – ‘‘mahāsattānaṃ paṭisandhi na aññesaṃ paṭisandhisadisā, koṭippattaṃ pana tesaṃ satisampajaññaṃ. Yasmā pana teneva cittena taṃ cittaṃ ñātuṃ na sakkā, tasmā cuticittaṃ na jānāti. Cutikkhaṇepi ‘cavāmī’ti jānāti. Paṭisandhicittaṃ na jānāti. ‘Asukasmiṃ me ṭhāne paṭisandhi gahitā’ti jānāti, tasmiṃ kāle dasasahassilokadhātu kampatī’’ti. Evaṃ sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamanto pana ekūnavīsatiyā paṭisandhicittesu mettāpubbabhāgassa somanassasahagatañāṇasampayuttaasaṅkhārikakusalacittassa sadisamahāvipākacittena paṭisandhi gaṇhi. Mahāsīvatthero pana upekkhāsahagatenāti āha. Yathā ca amhākaṃ bhagavā, evaṃ sopi āsāḷhīpuṇṇamāyaṃ uttarāsāḷhanakkhatteneva paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi.
那时据说,从满月前第七天开始,菩萨的母亲就戒绝了饮酒,以花环、香料等装扮得富丽堂皇,尽情享受星宿节的欢庆。她在第七天清晨起床,用香水沐浴,佩戴上所有装饰,享用过精美的食物后,受持布萨八戒,走进吉祥的寝殿,躺在吉祥的床上。当她入睡时,做了这样一个梦:四位大天王把她连床一起抬起,带到阿耨达池,为她沐浴,给她穿上天衣,涂上天香,戴上天花。离那里不远处有一座银山,山里面有一座金殿,他们让她头朝东躺下。接着,菩萨化作一头纯白象王,在不远处的一座金山上走动,然后从那里下来,登上银山,进入金殿,右绕母亲之后,破开她的右胁,就像进入母胎一样。巴利
Tadā kira pure puṇṇamāya sattamadivasato paṭṭhāya vigatasurāpānaṃ mālāgandhādivibhūtisampannaṃ nakkhattakīḷaṃ anubhavamānā bodhisattamātā sattame divase pāto uṭṭhāya gandhodakena nahāyitvā sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitā varabhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya sirigabbhaṃ pavisitvā sirisayane nipannā niddaṃ okkamamānā idaṃ supinaṃ addasa – ‘‘cattāro kira naṃ mahārājāno sayaneneva saddhiṃ ukkhipitvā anotattadahaṃ netvā nahāpetvā dibbavatthaṃ nivāsetvā dibbagandhehi vilimpetvā dibbapupphāni piḷandhitvā, tato avidūre rajatapabbato, tassa anto kanakavimānaṃ atthi, tasmiṃ pācīnato sīsaṃ katvā nipajjāpesuṃ. Atha bodhisatto setavaravāraṇo hutvā tato avidūre eko suvaṇṇapabbato, tattha caritvā tato oruyha rajatapabbataṃ abhiruhitvā kanakavimānaṃ pavisitvā mātaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā dakkhiṇapassaṃ phāletvā kucchiṃ paviṭṭhasadiso ahosi’’.
这时,醒来的王后把那个梦告诉了国王。天亮后,国王派人请来大约六十四位婆罗门首领,让人把地面涂上牛粪,撒上炒米等吉祥供物,铺设了极其贵重的座位。等婆罗门们在那里坐下后,国王把用酥油、蜂蜜和糖精心调制的上等乳粥盛满金钵银钵,又用金钵银钵盖好,布施给他们,还用新布、迦比罗牛和牛犊等布施,让他们心满意足。等他们一切所求都得到满足后,国王把那个梦告诉他们,问道:“这会怎么样?”婆罗门们说:“大王,不必忧虑。王后腹中已经怀胎,而且是男胎,不是女胎,您会得到一个儿子。他若在家,就会成为转轮王;他若离家出家,就会成为佛陀,揭开世间的覆盖。”以上就是“入母胎”这一部分的注释次第。巴利
Atha pabuddhā devī taṃ supinaṃ rañño ārocesi. Rājā vibhātāya rattiyā catusaṭṭhimatte brāhmaṇapāmokkhe pakkosāpetvā haritūpalittāya lājādīhi katamaṅgalasakkārāya bhūmiyā mahārahāni āsanāni paññapetvā tattha nisinnānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ sappimadhusakkarābhisaṅkhatassa varapāyāsassa suvaṇṇarajatapātiyo pūretvā suvaṇṇarajatapātīheva paṭikujjitvā adāsi, aññehi ca ahatavatthakapilagāvīdānādīhi nesaṃ santappesi. Atha nesaṃ sabbakāmasantappitānaṃ taṃ supinaṃ ārocetvā – ‘‘kiṃ bhavissatī’’ti pucchi. Brāhmaṇā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mā cintayi, mahārāja, deviyā te kucchimhi gabbho patiṭṭhito, so ca kho purisagabbho na itthigabbho, putto te bhavissati. So sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasissati, rājā bhavissati cakkavattī. Sace agārā nikkhamma pabbajissati, buddho bhavissati loke vivaṭṭacchado’’ti. Ayaṃ tāva – ‘‘mātukucchiṃ okkamī’’ti ettha vaṇṇanākkamo.
这里说的“这是此处的法性”,意思就是:这是入母胎这件事上的法性,这是它的自性,这就是所说的规律。而这种规律共有五种:业规律、时节规律、种子规律、心规律、法规律。巴利
Ayametthadhammatāti ayaṃ ettha mātukucchiokkamane dhammatā, ayaṃ sabhāvo, ayaṃ niyāmoti vuttaṃ hoti. Niyāmo ca nāmesa kammaniyāmo, utuniyāmo, bījaniyāmo, cittaniyāmo, dhammaniyāmoti pañcavidho (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 498).
在这里,善业带来可意的果报,不善业带来不可意的果报,这就是业律则。为了说明这一点,应当用“不在空中”(《小诵》127)这首偈颂中的事例来讲。又据说,有一个女人和丈夫吵架后,想上吊自杀,就把脖子伸进绳套里。另有一个男人正在磨刀,看见她这个举动,想割断绳子,就一边喊着“别怕,别怕”安慰她,一边跑过去。那绳子却变成了一条毒蛇,立在那里。他吓坏了,转身就跑。那个女人就死在那里了。像这一类的事例,应当在这里举出来。巴利
Tattha kusalassa iṭṭhavipākadānaṃ, akusalassa aniṭṭhavipākadānanti ayaṃ kammaniyāmo. Tassa dīpanatthaṃ – ‘‘na antalikkhe’’ti (khu. pā. 127) gāthāya vatthūni vattabbāni. Apica ekā kira itthī sāmikena saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā ubbandhitvā maritukāmā rajjupāse gīvaṃ pavesesi. Aññataro puriso vāsiṃ nisento taṃ itthikammaṃ disvā rajjuṃ chinditukāmo – ‘‘mā bhāyi, mā bhāyī’’ti taṃ samassāsento upadhāvi. Rajju āsīviso hutvā aṭṭhāsi. So bhīto palāyi. Itarā tattheva mari. Evamādīni cettha vatthūni dassetabbāni.
在不同的地方、不同的时节,树木在同一时间开花结果等等,风刮起或停息,阳光强烈或微弱,天下雨或不下雨,莲花白天开放、夜晚闭合——诸如此类,就是时节规律。巴利
Tesu tesu janapadesu tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kāle ekappahāreneva rukkhānaṃ pupphaphalagahaṇādīni, vātassa vāyanaṃ avāyanaṃ, ātapassa tikkhatā mandatā, devassa vassanaṃ avassanaṃ, padumānaṃ divā vikasanaṃ rattiṃ milāyananti evamādi utuniyāmo.
稻种只结出稻谷,甘甜的种子只结出甘甜的味道,苦涩的种子只结出苦涩的味道——这就是种子律则。巴利
Yaṃ panetaṃ sālibījato sāliphalameva, madhurato madhurasaṃyeva, tittato tittarasaṃyeva phalaṃ hoti, ayaṃ bījaniyāmo.
前面每一组心与心所法,都作为后面每一组心与心所法的亲依止缘,以这种方式成为缘。也就是说,在眼识等之后,紧接着生起领受等心识——这就是心的规律。巴利
Purimā purimā cittacetasikā dhammā pacchimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ upanissayapaccayena paccayoti evaṃ yadetaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ anantarā sampaṭicchanādīnaṃ nibbattanaṃ, ayaṃ cittaniyāmo.
不过,当菩萨入母胎等时候出现的一万世界震动等现象,这叫做“法决定性”。在这里,指的就是法决定性。因此,为了说明这个道理,才说了“诸比丘,这是法性……”等话。巴利
Yā panesā bodhisattānaṃ mātukucchiokkamanādīsu dasasahassilokadhātukampanādīnaṃ pavatti, ayaṃ dhammaniyāmo nāma. Tesu idha dhammaniyāmo adhippeto. Tasmā tamevatthaṃ dassento dhammatā esā bhikkhavetiādimāha.
18 在这里,“入胎”指的是已经入胎,这才是它的意思。因为那些现象是在入胎之后才出现的,不是正在入胎的时候。“无量”是指增长的程度,意思是“广大”。“殊胜”是同一个意思的另一种说法。比如在“吃着种种殊胜的嚼食”等句(《中部》1.399)中,“殊胜”指的是甘甜;在“婆蹉亚那确实以殊胜的赞誉称赞沙门乔达摩”等句(《中部》1.288)中,“殊胜”指的是最上。但在这里,指的是广大。“诸天的神力”是说:天人的这种威神力,能让身上所穿衣服的光明遍照十二由旬,身体的光明、装饰的光明、宫殿的光明也是如此;这句话的意思是“超越了这些光明”。巴利
18. Tattha kucchiṃ okkamatīti ettha kucchiṃ okkanto hotīti ayamevattho . Okkante hi tasmiṃ evaṃ hoti, na okkamamāne. Appamāṇoti vuḍḍhippamāṇo, vipuloti attho. Uḷāroti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Uḷārāni uḷārāni khādanīyāni khādantītiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.399) hi madhuraṃ uḷāranti vuttaṃ. Uḷārāya khalu bhavaṃ vacchāyano samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsāya pasaṃsatītiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.288) seṭṭhaṃ uḷāranti vuttaṃ. Idha pana vipulaṃ adhippetaṃ. Devānaṃ devānubhāvanti ettha devānaṃ ayamānubhāvo nivatthavatthassa pabhā dvādasayojanāni pharati, tathā sarīrassa, tathā alaṅkārassa, tathā vimānassa, taṃ atikkamitvāti attho.
世界中间地狱是指每三个轮围世界之间就有一个世界中间地狱,就像三个车轮或三个钵互相紧挨着摆放时,中间留出的空隙一样。那个世界中间地狱的大小是八千由旬。无庇护,是说它永远敞露着。无覆盖,是说它下方也没有任何依托。黑暗,是说它本身就是一片黑暗的状态。黑暗之暗,是说它会阻碍眼识生起,所以充满着能让人变瞎的暗。据说在那里,眼识是不会生起的。有这么大神力的,意思是:据说太阳和月亮在同一时间就能在三大洲显现,所以它们有这样大的神力;它们能朝每个方向驱散九十万由旬的黑暗,显现出光明,所以它们有如此大的威神力。它们的光明不能到达,意思是以它们自身的光明,没法到达那里。据说日月是在轮围山的中间运行,一旦越过轮围山,就是世界中间地狱了。所以,它们的光明到了那里就无法遍及。巴利
Lokantarikāti tiṇṇaṃ tiṇṇaṃ cakkavāḷānaṃ antarā ekeko lokantariko hoti, tiṇṇaṃ sakaṭacakkānaṃ vā tiṇṇaṃ pattānaṃ vā aññamaññaṃ āhacca ṭhapitānaṃ majjhe okāso viya. So pana lokantarikanirayo parimāṇato aṭṭhayojanasahasso hoti. Aghāti niccavivaṭā. Asaṃvutāti heṭṭhāpi appatiṭṭhā. Andhakārāti tamabhūtā. Andhakāratimisāti cakkhuviññāṇuppattinivāraṇato andhabhāvakaraṇatimisena samannāgatā. Tattha kira cakkhuviññāṇaṃ na jāyati. Evaṃmahiddhikāti candimasūriyā kira ekappahāreneva tīsu dīpesu paññāyanti, evaṃ mahiddhikā. Ekekāya disāya nava nava yojanasatasahassāni andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā ālokaṃ dassenti, evaṃmahānubhāvā. Ābhāya nānubhontīti attano pabhāya nappahonti. Te kira cakkavāḷapabbatassa vemajjhena vicaranti, cakkavāḷapabbatañca atikkamma lokantarikanirayā. Tasmā te tattha ābhāya nappahonti.
那些投生在那里的众生,指的是投生在世界中间大地狱里的众生。他们是造了什么业才投生到那里去的呢?是因为对父母,以及对如法修行的沙门、婆罗门犯下了严重而残酷的罪过,还日复一日地造作杀生之类的暴恶行为,所以才投生到那里,就像铜叶洲的无畏贼、龙贼那些人一样。他们的身体有三伽浮他那么长,长着像蝙蝠一样的长爪子。他们像树上的蝙蝠那样,用爪子攀附在轮围山上。当他们爬动的时候,彼此的手能够碰到一起,这时他们心里就想:“我们抓到食物了!”于是就在那里紧紧抓住、翻转身体,结果掉进了支撑世界的水里。即使被风吹打,他们也像甘草果一样被折断,掉进水中。刚一落水,就在那极其咸的水里像面团一样化开了。巴利
Yepi tattha sattāti yepi tasmiṃ lokantarikamahāniraye sattā uppannā. Kiṃ pana kammaṃ katvā tattha uppajjantīti. Bhāriyaṃ dāruṇaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ dhammikasamaṇabrāhmaṇānañca upari aparādhaṃ, aññañca divase divase pāṇavadhādisāhasikakammaṃ katvā uppajjanti, tambapaṇṇidīpe abhayacoranāgacorādayo viya. Tesaṃ attabhāvo tigāvutiko hoti, vaggulīnaṃ viya dīghanakhā honti. Te rukkhe vagguliyo viya nakhehi cakkavāḷapabbate lagganti. Yadā saṃsappantā aññamaññassa hatthapāsaṃ gatā honti, atha ‘‘bhakkho no laddho’’ti maññamānā tattha vāvaṭā viparivattitvā lokasandhārakaudake patanti, vāte paharantepi madhukaphalāni viya chijjitvā udake patanti, patitamattāva accantakhāre udake piṭṭhapiṇḍi viya vilīyanti.
听说还有别的众生呢,贤友们。就像我们正在承受巨大的痛苦一样,听说别的众生也是为了经历这种痛苦才投生到这里的。他们在当天能看见彼此。可是这种光明连喝一顿粥的工夫都维持不住,只像闪电一样一闪而过,就在那些众生正说着“这是什么”的时候,光明就消失了。震动,是指向四面八方震动。另外两个词只是前面那个词的同义说法。至于“无量……”等语,是为了作总结而说的。巴利
Aññepi kira bho santi sattāti bho yathā mayaṃ mahādukkhaṃ anubhavāma, evaṃ aññe kira sattāpi imaṃ dukkhamanubhavanatthāya idhūpapannāti taṃ divasaṃ passanti. Ayaṃ pana obhāso ekayāgupānamattampi na tiṭṭhati, accharāsaṅghāṭamattameva vijjobhāso viya niccharitvā – ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti bhaṇantānaṃyeva antaradhāyati. Saṅkampatīti samantato kampati. Itaradvayaṃ purimapadasseva vevacanaṃ. Puna appamāṇo cātiādi nigamanatthaṃ vuttaṃ.
19 19. “四位天子会前往四方守护”这句话里说的“四位”,是就四大天王来说的。不过,在一万个轮围世界里,每一处各有四位,加起来就是四万位。其中,在这个轮围世界里,四大天王手持宝剑,为了守护菩萨而来到吉祥胎室;其余的天王则从胎门开始,把泥毗舍遮鬼等夜叉众驱退、赶走,一直守护到轮围世界的边界。巴利
19.Cattāronaṃ devaputtā cātuddisaṃ rakkhāya upagacchantīti ettha cattāroti catunnaṃ mahārājānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ. Dasasahassacakkavāḷesu pana cattāro cattāro katvā cattālīsasahassāni honti. Tattha imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe mahārājāno khaggahatthā bodhisattassa ārakkhatthāya upagantvā sirigabbhaṃ paviṭṭhā, itare gabbhadvārato paṭṭhāya avaruddhake paṃsupisācakādiyakkhagaṇe paṭikkamāpetvā yāva cakkavāḷā ārakkhaṃ gaṇhiṃsu.
那么,这个守护到底是为了什么目的呢?从结生刹那的羯罗蓝阶段开始,就算有百千亿的魔罗举起百千亿座须弥山,前来障碍菩萨或菩萨的母亲,他们也全都会在半路上就消失掉。世尊在《流血事》中也这样说过:“比丘们,他人用加害的手段来夺如来的性命,这是不可能的,没有这样的道理。比丘们,如来是以没有加害的方式般涅槃的。比丘们,你们各自回住处去吧,如来不需要守护。”(《小品》341)同样地,凭他人加害,根本不可能危及他们的性命。不过,确实有一些非人,长相丑陋、看起来凶恶可怕,还有野兽和飞禽;菩萨的母亲如果看到它们的模样,或者听到它们的声音,就可能生起害怕或恐惧。正是为了挡住这些,天神们才来守护。而且,这些天神也因为菩萨的福德威力,自然生起了恭敬之心,被自己内心的恭敬所推动,才这样做的。巴利
Kimatthāya panāyaṃ rakkhā? Nanu paṭisandhikkhaṇe kalalakālato paṭṭhāya sacepi koṭisatasahassamārā koṭisatasahassasineruṃ ukkhipitvā bodhisattassa vā bodhisattamātuyā vā antarāyakaraṇatthaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, sabbe antarāva antaradhāyeyyuṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā ruhiruppādavatthusmiṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ parupakkamena tathāgataṃ jīvitā voropeyya. Anupakkamena, bhikkhave, tathāgatā parinibbāyanti. Gacchatha, tumhe bhikkhave, yathāvihāraṃ, arakkhiyā, bhikkhave tathāgatā’’ti (cūḷava. 341). Evameva, tena parupakkamena na tesaṃ jīvitantarāyo atthi, santi kho pana amanussā virūpā duddasikā bheravarūpā migapakkhino, yesaṃ rūpaṃ vā disvā saddaṃ vā sutvā bodhisattamātu bhayaṃ vā santāso vā uppajjeyya, tesaṃ nivāraṇatthāya rakkhaṃ aggahesuṃ. Apica bodhisattassa puññatejena sañjātagāravā attano gāravacoditāpi te evamakaṃsu.
那么,四大天王进入内宫之后,会不会向菩萨的母亲现身呢?还是不会现身?在她沐浴、打扮、吃饭等照顾身体的时候,他们不现身;但当她进入宝殿、躺在殊胜的床榻上时,他们就现身了。在这里,虽然一般人见到非人都会感到恐惧,但菩萨的母亲凭着自己和儿子的福德威力,见到他们并不害怕,心里对他们就像对平常内宫里的守卫一样。巴利
Kiṃ pana te antogabbhaṃ pavisitvā ṭhitā cattāro mahārājāno bodhisattassa mātuyā attānaṃ dassenti, na dassentīti? Nahānamaṇḍanabhojanādisarīrakiccakāle na dassenti, sirigabbhaṃ pavisitvā varasayane nipannakāle pana dassenti. Tattha kiñcāpi amanussadassanaṃ nāma manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ hoti, bodhisattassa mātā pana attano ceva puttassa ca puññānubhāvena te disvā na bhāyati, pakatiantepurapālakesu viya assā etesu cittaṃ uppajjati.
20 “本性具戒”是说她天生就戒行圆满。据说在佛还没出世的时候,人们会到苦行者和游方修行者面前顶礼,蹲坐着受戒。菩萨的母亲也曾到黑阿私陀仙人面前受戒。可是菩萨入胎之后,她就不能再坐到别人脚下了;即使坐在同等座位上所受的戒,也只不过是一种忆念的作用而已。因此说,她是自己受持戒行的。巴利
20.Pakatiyā sīlavatīti sabhāveneva sīlasampannā. Anuppanne kira buddhe manussā tāpasaparibbājakānaṃ santike vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā sīlaṃ gaṇhanti. Bodhisattamātāpi kāladevilassa isino santike sīlaṃ gaṇhāti. Bodhisatte pana kucchigate aññassa pādamūle nisīdituṃ nāma na sakkā, samānāsane nisīditvā gahitasīlampi āvajjanakaraṇamattaṃ hoti. Tasmā sayameva sīlaṃ aggahesīti vuttaṃ hoti.
21 “于男子们”:从菩萨的父亲开始,她对任何男子都不生起以男子为对象的心。然而,即使是善巧的工匠,也无法在布织等工艺中造出菩萨母亲那样的身相。见到她之后,不能说男子不会生起贪欲;但如果有人以染着的心想要靠近她,他的双脚就走不动,像被天索绑住一样。因此说“不可违越”等。巴利
21.Purisesūti bodhisattassa pitaraṃ ādiṃ katvā kesuci manussesu purisādhippāyacittaṃ nuppajjati. Bodhisattamāturūpaṃ pana kusalā sippikā potthakammādīsupi kātuṃ na sakkonti. Taṃ disvā purisassa rāgo nuppajjatīti na sakkā vattuṃ, sace pana taṃ rattacitto upasaṅkamitukāmo hoti, pādā na vahanti, dibbasaṅkhalikā viya bajjhanti. Tasmā ‘‘anatikkamanīyā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
22 关于“五种欲乐对象”:前面用“与欲乐对象相应”这句话,是就男子的意乐而遮止了对象本身;这里则是说明所缘的获得。据说,那时国王们听说王后怀上了这样一位太子,便以贵重的饰品、乐器等,从四面八方送来作为礼物的物品,成为通过五根门所缘取的对象。而由于菩萨和菩萨母亲所造之业极为强盛,他们所得的利养与恭敬没有限量。巴利
22.Pañcannaṃ kāmaguṇānanti pubbe kāmaguṇūpasañhitanti iminā purisādhippāyavasena vatthupaṭikkhepo kato, idha ārammaṇappaṭilābho dassito. Tadā kira deviyā evarūpo putto kucchiṃ upapannoti sutvā samantato rājāno mahagghaābharaṇatūriyādivasena pañcadvārārammaṇavatthubhūtaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ pesenti. Bodhisattassa ca bodhisattamātu ca katakammassa ussannattā lābhasakkārassa pamāṇaparicchedo natthi.
23 23.“身体不疲倦”:不像别的女人那样被怀孕的重负弄得疲惫,手脚浮肿等等,她完全没有这种疲累。“胎内”:就是在母胎里面。“看见”:是说越过了羯罗蓝等最初阶段,看见已经长成四肢、诸根不缺的形态。为什么要看?只是为了住得安稳。就像母亲和孩子一起躺着或坐着时,为了让孩子安稳,会看着孩子想:“我要把他垂下来的手或脚抬起来放好。”同样,菩萨的母亲在起身、行走、转身、坐下的时候,以及在吞咽冷、热、咸、苦、辣的食物时——这些时候胎儿本来会生起苦受——她为了安稳而观察:“我的孩子有没有受苦呢?”就在这样观察时,她看见菩萨结跏趺坐。因为其他在母胎里的众生,是趴在熟藏上面,把生藏顶起来,把胃膜推到背后,靠着脊骨,蹲着身子,把下巴搁在两只拳头上,像下雨时待在树洞里的猴子那样坐着;菩萨却不是这样。菩萨是把脊骨放在背后,像坐在法座上说法的法师一样,结跏趺坐,面朝东方坐着。这是他过去所造的业净化了处所,在清净的处所里,生起了微细柔软的皮肤相。于是胎膜再也遮不住他,母亲一看,他就好像露在外面一样清清楚楚。世尊为了用譬喻说明这个道理,才说了“犹如……”等话。不过,在母胎里的菩萨看不见母亲。因为在母胎里不会生起眼识。巴利
23.Akilantakāyāti yathā aññā itthiyo gabbhabhārena kilamanti hatthapādā uddhumātatādīni pāpuṇanti, evaṃ tassā koci kilamatho nāhosi. Tirokucchigatanti antokucchigataṃ. Passatīti kalalādikālaṃ atikkamitvā sañjātaaṅgapaccaṅgaahīnindriyabhāvaṃ upagataṃyeva passati. Kimatthaṃ passati? Sukhavāsatthaṃyeva. Yatheva hi mātā puttena saddhiṃ nipannā vā nisinnā vā – ‘‘hatthaṃ vāssa pādaṃ vā olambantaṃ ukkhipitvā saṇṭhapessāmī’’ti sukhavāsatthaṃ puttaṃ oloketi, evaṃ bodhisattamātāpi yaṃ taṃ mātu uṭṭhānagamanaparivattananisajjādīsu uṇhasītaloṇikatittakakaṭukāhāraajjhoharaṇakālesu ca gabbhassa dukkhaṃ uppajjati, ‘‘atthi nu kho me taṃ puttassā’’ti sukhavāsatthaṃ olokayamānā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinnaṃ bodhisattaṃ passati. Yathā hi aññe antokucchigatā pakkāsayaṃ avattharitvā āmāsayaṃ ukkhipitvā udarapaṭalaṃ piṭṭhito katvā piṭṭhikaṇḍakaṃ nissāya ukkuṭikaṃ dvīsu muṭṭhīsu hanukaṃ ṭhapetvā deve vassante rukkhasusire makkaṭā viya nisīdanti, na evaṃ bodhisatto, bodhisatto pana piṭṭhikaṇḍakaṃ piṭṭhito katvā dhammāsane dhammakathiko viya pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā puratthābhimukho nisīdati. Pubbekatakammaṃ panassā vatthuṃ sodheti, suddhe vatthumhi sukhumacchavilakkhaṇaṃ nibbattati. Atha naṃ kucchitaco paṭicchādetuṃ na sakkoti, olokentiyā bahiṭhito viya paññāyati. Tamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvento bhagavā seyyathāpītiādimāha. Bodhisatto pana antokucchigato mātaraṃ na passati. Na hi antokucchiyaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppajjati.
24 命终:并不是因为生产的缘故,而纯粹是寿命耗尽。菩萨住过的地方,就像塔庙的精舍一样,别人不适合受用,也不可能把菩萨的母亲移开,另立别人做正妃。所以菩萨母亲的寿命恰好就只有那么长,因此她在那个时候命终。那么是在什么年龄命终呢?是在中年。因为在青年时期,众生对身体的爱染很强,那时候怀胎的女人没办法好好保护胎儿,胎儿也会有很多病痛。到了中年,过了两个阶段,进入第三个阶段时,处所变得清净,在清净的处所里出生的孩子健康无病。所以菩萨的母亲也是在青年时期享受了种种福报之后,在中年第三阶段分娩后命终。这就是这里的法性。巴利
24.Kālaṅkarotīti na vijātabhāvapaccayā, āyuparikkhayeneva. Bodhisattena vasitaṭṭhānañhi cetiyakuṭisadisaṃ hoti, aññesaṃ aparibhogārahaṃ, na ca sakkā bodhisattamātaraṃ apanetvā aññaṃ aggamahesiṭṭhāne ṭhapetunti tattakaṃyeva bodhisattamātu āyuppamāṇaṃ hoti, tasmā tadā kālaṅkaroti. Katarasmiṃ pana vaye kālaṃ karotīti? Majjhimavaye. Paṭhamavayasmiñhi sattānaṃ attabhāve chandarāgo balavā hoti, tena tadā sañjātagabbhā itthī gabbhaṃ anurakkhituṃ na sakkoti, gabbho bahvābādho hoti. Majjhimavayassa pana dve koṭṭhāse atikkamma tatiye koṭṭhāse vatthu visadaṃ hoti, visade vatthumhi nibbattadārakā arogā honti, tasmā bodhisattamātāpi paṭhamavaye sampattiṃ anubhavitvā majjhimavayassa tatiye koṭṭhāse vijāyitvā kālaṃ karotīti ayamettha dhammatā.
25 这里说的“或九个月或十个月”,应当知道,由于“或”字表示不确定的替换,也涵盖了七个月、八个月、十一个月、十二个月等情况。其中,七个月出生的能活下来,但受不了冷热;八个月出生的活不下来;其余月份出生的都能活。巴利
25.Nava vā dasa vāti ettha vā saddassa vikappanavasena satta vā aṭṭha vā ekādasa vā dvādasa vāti evamādīnaṃ saṅgaho veditabbo. Tattha sattamāsajāto jīvati, sītuṇhakkhamo pana na hoti. Aṭṭhamāsajāto na jīvati, avasesā jīvanti.
27 27. 诸天首先接取:诸漏已尽的净居梵天们来接取。他们怎么接取呢?有些人说:“他们化作接生者的样子来接取。”但否定这种说法之后,这样记载:‘那时,菩萨的母亲穿着金线织成的衣服,披着如鱼眼纹般的细棉布,一直垂到脚面,站在那里。随后她轻松地生下了孩子,就像水从水管里流出来一样。于是那些梵天以原本的梵天形相前来,首先用金网接取。从他们手中,四大天王用羚羊皮毯接取。再从四大天王手中,人们用细棉布垫接取。’因此说:“诸天首先接取,之后人们才接取。”巴利
27.Devā paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhantīti khīṇāsavā suddhāvāsabrahmāno paṭiggaṇhanti. Kathaṃ paṭiggaṇhanti? ‘‘Sūtivesaṃ gaṇhitvā’’ti eke. Taṃ pana paṭikkhipitvā idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘tadā bodhisattamātā suvaṇṇakhacitaṃ vatthaṃ nivāsetvā macchakkhisadisaṃ dukūlapaṭaṃ yāva pādantā pārupitvā aṭṭhāsi. Athassā sallahukagabbhavuṭṭhānaṃ ahosi, dhamakaraṇato udakanikkhamanasadisaṃ. Atha te pakatibrahmaveseneva upasaṅkamitvā paṭhamaṃ suvaṇṇajālena paṭiggahesuṃ. Tesaṃ hatthato cattāro mahārājāno ajinappaveṇiyā paṭiggahesuṃ. Tato manussā dukūlacumbaṭakena paṭiggahesuṃ’. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘devā paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhanti, pacchā manussā’’ti.
28 四位天子,就是四大天王。接取,是用羚羊皮毯接过去。大威神者,就是有大光辉、大名闻、具足相好的人。巴利
28.Cattāro naṃ devaputtāti cattāro mahārājāno. Paṭiggahetvāti ajinappaveṇiyā paṭiggahetvā. Mahesakkhoti mahātejo mahāyaso lakkhaṇasampanno.
29 29.“洁净地出来”:其他众生卡在产道里,被挤压得支离破碎才出来;菩萨不是这样出生的,他不被卡住、不沾染,就这样出来,这就是这句话的意思。“用水”:就是用清水。“不被任何不净沾染”:其他众生被业生之风弄得头下脚上,倒着投进产道,就像掉进百人深的深坑地狱一样,又像一头被从钥匙孔里硬拽出来的大象,承受着极大的痛苦,浑身沾满种种不净才出来;菩萨完全不是这样。因为业生之风根本没办法把菩萨颠倒成脚上头下。菩萨就像从法座上走下来的说法师,又像从楼梯上走下来的人,双手双脚伸展开来,保持站立的姿势,从母胎中出来,不被母胎里产生的任何不净所沾染。巴利
29.Visadova nikkhamatīti yathā aññe sattā yonimagge laggantā bhaggavibhaggā nikkhamanti, na evaṃ nikkhamati, alaggo hutvā nikkhamatīti attho udenāti udakena. Kenaci asucināti yathā aññe sattā kammajavātehi uddhaṃpādā adhosirā yonimagge pakkhittā sataporisaṃ narakapapātaṃ patantā viya, tāḷacchiddena nikkaḍḍhiyamānā hatthī viya mahādukkhaṃ anubhavantā nānāasucimakkhitāva nikkhamanti, na evaṃ bodhisatto. Bodhisattañhi kammajavātā uddhapādaṃ adhosiraṃ kātuṃ na sakkonti. So dhammāsanato otaranto dhammakathiko viya, nisseṇito otaranto puriso viya ca dve hatthe ca dve pāde ca pasāretvā ṭhitakova mātukucchisambhavena kenaci asucinā amakkhitova nikkhamati.
“水流”是指水柱。其中,冷水落在金盆里,热水落在银盆里。这样说,是为了表明:那些水落在地面上,不混杂任何污秽之物,是专属于他们的饮用、沐浴和嬉戏用水,与其他人所用的水不同。至于用金银壶打来的其他水,以及天鹅池、鹧鸪池等池塘里的水,就没有这种区分了。巴利
Udakassa dhārāti udakavaṭṭiyo. Tāsu sītā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patati uṇhā rajatakaṭāhe. Idañca pathavitale kenaci asucinā asammissaṃ tesaṃ pānīyaparibhojanīyaudakañceva aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ kīḷāudakañca dassetuṃ vuttaṃ, aññassa pana suvaṇṇarajataghaṭehi āhariyamānaudakassa ceva haṃsavattakādipokkharaṇīgatassa ca udakassa paricchedo natthi.
31 31.“刚出生”:指刚出生片刻。但在经典里,他只是被描述得像刚从母胎出来一样,不应这样理解。因为当他刚出胎时,先是梵天们用金网接住他;从他们手中,四大天王用羚羊皮垫接住;从他们手中,人们用细布垫接住。从人们手中脱出后,他才站定在大地上。“白伞被举起时”:即天界的白伞被举起时。这里,随白伞而来的剑等五种国王宝器也一并出现了。不过在经典中,只像国王出行那样提到了白伞。在那些物品中,只看得见白伞,却看不见拿伞的人;同样,只看得见剑、棕榈扇、孔雀羽扇、牦牛拂尘和头巾,却看不见拿这些东西的人。据说,那些全都是不显现身形的天神拿着的。而且这样说:巴利
31.Sampatijātoti muhuttajāto. Pāḷiyaṃ pana mātukucchito nikkhantamatto viya dassito, na evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Nikkhantamattañhi naṃ paṭhamaṃ brahmāno suvaṇṇajālena paṭiggaṇhiṃsu, tesaṃ hatthato cattāro mahārājāno ajinappaveṇiyā, tesaṃ hatthato manussā dukūlacumbaṭakena. Manussānaṃ hatthato muccitvā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhito. Setamhi chatte anudhāriyamāneti dibbasetacchatte anudhāriyamānamhi. Ettha ca chattassa parivārāni khaggādīni pañca rājakakudhabhaṇḍānipi āgatāneva. Pāḷiyaṃ pana rājagamane rājā viya chattameva vuttaṃ. Tesu chattameva paññāyati, na chattaggāhako. Tathā khaggatālavaṇṭamorahatthakavāḷabījanīuṇhīsamattāyeva paññāyanti, na tesaṃ gāhakā. Sabbāni kira tāni adissamānarūpā devatā gaṇhiṃsu. Vuttañcetaṃ –
有一千个圆环的很多分枝,
天神们在空中为佛陀举着伞盖。
金柄拂尘纷纷飘落,
看不见那些拿拂尘和伞盖的人。巴利
‘‘Anekasākhañca sahassamaṇḍalaṃ, Chattaṃ marū dhārayumantalikkhe; Suvaṇṇadaṇḍā vipatanti cāmarā, Na dissare cāmarachattagāhakā’’ti. (su. ni. 693);
“遍观一切方”这一句,是形容像站在跨出七步之处遍看一切方那样,但不应这样理解。因为大士从人们手中脱出、双足立在大地上后,先看向东方。那时,无数千个轮围世界变成了一片平坦空地。那里的天与人用香、花等供养,说道:“大人,这里连能与您相等的人都没有,何况更超胜的?”他这样遍观东、南、西、北四方,东南、西南、西北、东北四隅,以及下方、上方,共十方,没看到有与自己相等的人,便面向北方,以跨出七步的方式走去——这里应当这样理解其含义。“无畏”是指至上。“最上”是指在诸功德中最为第一。另外两个词是它的同义词。以“这是最后一生,如今不再有后有”这两句,宣说了在此生将证得的阿罗汉果。巴利
Sabbā ca disāti idaṃ sattapadavītihārūpari ṭhitassa viya sabbadisānuvilokanaṃ vuttaṃ, na kho panevaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Mahāsatto hi manussānaṃ hatthato muccitvā paṭhaviyaṃ patiṭṭhito puratthimaṃ disaṃ olokesi. Anekāni cakkavāḷasahassāni ekaṅgaṇāni ahesuṃ. Tattha devamanussā gandhamālādīhi pūjayamānā – ‘‘mahāpurisa, idha tumhehi sadisopi natthi, kuto uttaritaro’’ti āhaṃsu. Evaṃ catasso disā, catasso anudisā, heṭṭhā, uparīti dasa disā anuviloketvā attanā sadisaṃ adisvā – ‘‘ayaṃ uttarā disā’’ti uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena agamāsīti evamettha attho veditabbo. Āsabhinti uttamaṃ. Aggoti guṇehi sabbapaṭhamo. Itarāni dve padāni etasseva vevacanāni. Ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavoti padadvayena imasmiṃ attabhāve pattabbaṃ arahattaṃ byākāsi.
在这里,双足平齐站在大地上,是获得四神足的前兆;面朝北方,是覆盖、征服大众而前行的前兆;走七步,是获得七觉支珍宝的前兆;有人持白色天伞,是获得殊胜解脱伞盖的前兆;获得五种王家宝物,是以五种解脱而解脱的前兆;遍观一切方所,是获得无碍智的前兆;说牛王般无畏的话,是转动不可逆转法轮的前兆;发出“这是我最后一生”的狮子吼,是于无余涅槃界般涅槃的前兆——应当这样理解。这些项目在圣典中是有记载的,但“众多相”那一部分并没有收录,需要引用并加以说明。巴利
Ettha ca samehi pādehi pathaviyā patiṭṭhānaṃ caturiddhipādapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, uttarābhimukhabhāvo mahājanaṃ ajjhottharitvā abhibhavitvā gamanassa pubbanimittaṃ, sattapadagamanaṃ sattabojjhaṅgaratanapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, dibbasetacchattadhāraṇaṃ vimuttivarachattapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, pañcarājakakudhabhaṇḍānaṃ paṭilābho pañcahi vimuttīhi vimuccanassa pubbanimittaṃ, sabbadisānuvilokanaṃ anāvaraṇañāṇapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, āsabhivācābhāsanaṃ appaṭivattiyadhammacakkappavattanassa pubbanimittaṃ, ‘‘ayamantimā jātī’’ti sīhanādo anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbānassa pubbanimittanti veditabbaṃ . Ime vārā pāḷiyaṃ āgatā, sambahulavāro pana nāgato, āharitvā dīpetabbo.
大士出生的那天,一万个世界界震动了。一万个世界界里的天神们聚集在一个轮围世界里。先是天神们来接取,然后才是人们来接取。弦乐器绑着弦、鼓蒙着皮,没人去敲,它们自己就响了起来。人们身上的脚镣手铐之类,全都碎成一段一段。一切疾病都止息了,就像用酸液洗掉铜上的锈一样消失了。天生眼盲的人看见了色境。天生耳聋的人听见了声音。跛脚的人变得健步如飞。天生迟钝愚笨、哑巴的人,正念也建立了起来。驶向异国他乡的船只都平安抵达了港口。悬在空中和在地上的宝物都各自放出光明。仇敌们生起了慈心。阿鼻地狱的火熄灭了。世界与世界之间的黑暗处出现了光明。河流里的水不再流动。大海的水变成了甜的。风不再吹。停在空中、山上、树上的飞鸟,都飞下来落到了地面。月亮格外明亮。太阳不热也不冷,清净而时节调适。天神们各自站在自己宫殿的门口,拍手、弹指、抛掷衣服等,尽情地嬉戏游乐。覆盖四大洲的大云降下了雨。大众既不挨饿也不受渴。城门自己打开了。该开花结果的树都开满了花、结满了果。一万个世界界变成了一片幡旗的长串。巴利
Mahāpurisassa hi jātadivase dasasahassilokadhātu kampi. Dasasahassilokadhātumhi devatā ekacakkavāḷe sannipatiṃsu. Paṭhamaṃ devā paṭiggaṇhiṃsu, pacchā manussā. Tantibaddhā vīṇā cammabaddhā bheriyo ca kenaci avāditā sayameva vajjiṃsu. Manussānaṃ andubandhanādīni khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ chijjiṃsu. Sabbarogā vūpasamiṃsu, ambilena dhotatambamalaṃ viya vigacchiṃsu. Jaccandhā rūpāni passiṃsu. Jaccabadhirā saddaṃ suṇiṃsu. Pīṭhasappī javasampannā ahesuṃ. Jātijaḷānampi eḷamūgānaṃ sati patiṭṭhāsi. Videsapakkhandā nāvā supaṭṭanaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Ākāsaṭṭhakabhūmaṭṭhakaratanāni sakatejobhāsitāni ahesuṃ. Verino mettacittaṃ paṭilabhiṃsu. Avīcimhi aggi nibbāyi. Lokantaresu āloko udapādi. Nadīsu jalaṃ nappavattati. Mahāsamudde madhurasaṃ udakaṃ ahosi. Vāto na vāyi. Ākāsapabbatarukkhagatā sakuṇā bhassitvā pathavigatā ahesuṃ. Cando ativiroci. Sūriyo na uṇho, na sītalo, nimmalo utusampanno ahosi. Devatā attano attano vimānadvāre ṭhatvā apphoṭanaseḷanacelukkhepādīhi mahākīḷakaṃ kīḷiṃsu. Cātuddīpikamahāmegho vassi. Mahājanaṃ neva khudā na pipāsā pīḷesi. Dvārakavāṭāni sayameva vivariṃsu. Pupphūpagaphalūpagā rukkhā pupphaphalāni gaṇhiṃsu. Dasasahassilokadhātu ekaddhajamālā ahosi.
在这里也一样:一万个世界的震动,是获得一切知智的前兆。天人们聚集在一个轮围世界里,是转法轮时大家一下子聚到一起领受法的前兆。天人们先领受,是获得四种色界禅那的前兆。人们后领受,是获得四种无色界禅那的前兆。弦乐器自己发出声音,是获得次第禅住的前兆。蒙皮鼓自己响起,是大声宣告大法鼓的前兆。脚镣等刑具断裂,是断除我慢的前兆。大众的疾病消失,是证得四圣谛的前兆。天生盲人看见色境,是获得天眼的前兆。天生聋人听见声音,是获得天耳界的前兆。跛脚的人变得迅捷,是获得四神足的前兆。愚钝的人建立起正念,是获得四念处的前兆。驶向远方的船只顺利到达港口,是证得四无碍解的前兆。宝物自己放出炽盛的光明,是将来要为世间显示法之光的前兆。巴利
Tatrāpi dasasahassilokadhātukampo sabbaññutaññāṇapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Devatānaṃ ekacakkavāḷe sannipāto dhammacakkappavattanakāle ekappahāreneva sannipatitvā dhammaṃ paṭiggaṇhanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ devatānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ catunnaṃ rūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ paṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Pacchā manussānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ catunnaṃ arūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ paṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Tantibaddhavīṇānaṃ sayaṃ vajjanaṃ anupubbavihārapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Cammabaddhabherīnaṃ vajjanaṃ mahatiyā dhammabheriyā anussāvanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Andubandhanādīnaṃ chedo asmimānasamucchedassa pubbanimittaṃ. Mahājanassa rogavigamo catusaccapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Jaccandhānaṃ rūpadassanaṃ dibbacakkhupaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ . Badhirānaṃ saddassavanaṃ dibbasotadhātupaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Pīṭhasappīnaṃ javasampadā caturiddhipādapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Jaḷānaṃ satipatiṭṭhānaṃ catusatipaṭṭhānapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Videsapakkhandanāvānaṃ supaṭṭanasampāpuṇanaṃ catupaṭisambhidādhigamassa pubbanimittaṃ. Ratanānaṃ sakatejobhāsitattaṃ yaṃ lokassa dhammobhāsaṃ dassessati, tassa pubbanimittaṃ.
对怀有敌意的人获得慈心,是证得四梵住的先兆。无间地狱的火熄灭,是十一种火熄灭的先兆。世界之间的光明驱散无明的黑暗,是得见智慧之光的先兆。大海的甘美,是与涅槃之味同一滋味的先兆。风不再吹动,是摧破六十二种邪见的先兆。飞鸟在地上行走,是大众听了教诫之后以生命皈依的先兆。月亮格外明亮,是受到众人喜爱的先兆。太阳远离炎热与寒冷、时节舒适,是获得身体与内心快乐的先兆。天人们站在宫殿门口拍手嬉戏等,是证得佛位之后发出优陀那的先兆。四大洲降下大云雨,是降下大法雨云的先兆。不受饥饿逼迫,是获得身至念与不死甘露的先兆。不受干渴逼迫,是安享解脱之乐的先兆。门扇自行打开,是打开八支圣道之门的先兆。树木开花结果,是解脱之花绽放、担起沙门果重担的先兆。十千世界成为同一幢幡之鬘,应当知道这是成为圣幢幡之鬘所庄严的先兆。这称为众多相句。巴利
Verīnaṃ mettacittapaṭilābho catubrahmavihārapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Avīcimhi agginibbāyanaṃ ekādasaagginibbāyanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Lokantarikāloko avijjandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā ñāṇālokadassanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Mahāsamuddassa madhuratā nibbānarasena ekarasabhāvassa pubbanimittaṃ. Vātassa avāyanaṃ dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatabhindanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Sakuṇānaṃ pathavigamanaṃ mahājanassa ovādaṃ sutvā pāṇehi saraṇagamanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Candassa ativirocanaṃ bahujanakantatāya pubbanimittaṃ. Sūriyassa uṇhasītavivajjanautusukhatā kāyikacetasikasukhappattiyā pubbanimittaṃ. Devatānaṃ vimānadvāresu ṭhatvā apphoṭanādīhi kīḷanaṃ buddhabhāvaṃ patvā udānaṃ udānassa pubbanimittaṃ. Cātuddīpikamahāmeghavassanaṃ mahato dhammameghavassanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Khudāpīḷanassa abhāvo kāyagatāsatiamatapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ. Pipāsāpīḷanassa abhāvo vimuttisukhena sukhitabhāvassa pubbanimittaṃ. Dvārakavāṭānaṃ sayameva vivaraṇaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikamaggadvāravivaraṇassa pubbanimittaṃ. Rukkhānaṃ pupphaphalaggahaṇaṃ vimuttipupphehi pupphitassa ca sāmaññaphalabhārabharitabhāvassa ca pubbanimittaṃ. Dasasahassilokadhātuyā ekaddhajamālitā ariyaddhajamālamālitāya pubbanimittanti veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ sambahulavāro nāma.
在这里,有人提出一个问题:“当大丈夫站在大地上,面朝北方,步行走去,说出无畏之语时,那时他是走在地上,还是走在空中?是被人看见而走,还是不被人看见而走?是裸身而走,还是盛装打扮而走?是以幼童之身而走,还是以老年之身而走?后来他还是那样,还是又变回幼童?”
不过这个问题虽然是在下铁殿中提出的,却已经由三藏小无畏长老解答过了。据说长老在这里先依照宿命论、宿业论、主宰神论、神我创造论等,广泛说了种种,最后这样回答:“大丈夫是走在地上,但在众人看来,却像是走在空中。是被人看见而走,但在众人看来,却像是不被人看见而走。是裸身而走,但在众人看来,却像是盛装打扮。是以幼童之身而走,但在众人看来,却像是十六岁的少年。后来他又变回幼童,并不是那样了。”
在场大众听了很满意,心想:“长老解答这个问题,就像佛陀亲自解答一样。”关于世界中间的那一段,所说方式与此相同。巴利
Ettha pañhaṃ pucchanti – ‘‘yadā mahāpuriso pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā uttarābhimukho padasā gantvā āsabhiṃ vācaṃ abhāsi, tadā kiṃ pathaviyā gato, udāhu ākāsena; dissamāno gato, udāhu adissamāno; acelako gato, udāhu alaṅkatapaṭiyatto; daharo hutvā gato , udāhu mahallako; pacchāpi kiṃ tādisova ahosi, udāhu puna bāladārako’’ti? Ayaṃ pana pañho heṭṭhālohapāsāde samuṭṭhito tipiṭakacūḷābhayattherena vissajjitova. Thero kira ettha niyatipubbekatakammaissaranimmānavādavasena taṃ taṃ bahuṃ vatvā avasāne evaṃ byākari – ‘‘mahāpuriso pathaviyā gato, mahājanassa pana ākāsena gacchanto viya ahosi. Dissamāno gato, mahājanassa pana adissamāno viya ahosi. Acelako gato, mahājanassa pana alaṅkatapaṭiyatto viya upaṭṭhāsi. Daharova gato, mahājanassa pana soḷasavassuddesiko viya ahosi. Pacchā pana bāladārakova ahosi, na tādiso’’ti. Parisā cassa – ‘‘buddhena viya hutvā bho therena pañho kathito’’ti attamanā ahosi. Lokantarikavāro vuttanayo eva.
不过应当知道,从开头讲起的这一切法性,是一切菩萨都具备的。巴利
Imā ca pana ādito paṭṭhāya kathitā sabbadhammatā sabbabodhisattānaṃ hontīti veditabbā.
三十二大人相的解释巴利
Dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā
33 33. “他看见了”是指:让人把他放在细布垫褥上抬来之后,他看见了。“大人”是指从出身、种姓、家族、地域等方面来说,是一位伟大的人物。“两种趣”是指两种归宿、两种成就。因为“趣”这个词,在“舍利弗,有这五种趣”(《中部》1.153)中,指的是地狱等众生所趣往的投生处;在“我不知道这些持戒、具足善法的比丘们的来处或去处”(《中部》1.508)中,指的是内心所向;在“涅槃是阿拉汉的趣”(《无碍解道》339)中,指的是依止处;在“梵天,我也知道你的趣,也知道你的光辉,具大神力的婆迦梵天”(《中部》1.503)中,指的是成就。同样地,这里也应理解为“成就”。“非其他”是指没有别的趣、别的成就。巴利
33.Addasa khoti dukūlacumbaṭake nipajjāpetvā ānītaṃ addasa. Mahāpurisassāti jātigottakulapadesādivasena mahantassa purisassa. Dve gatiyoti dve niṭṭhā, dve nipphattiyo. Ayañhi gatisaddo – ‘‘pañca kho imā, sāriputta, gatiyo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.153) ettha nirayādibhedāya sattehi gantabbagatiyā vattati. ‘‘Imesaṃ kho ahaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sīlavantānaṃ kalyāṇadhammānaṃ neva jānāmi āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.508) ettha ajjhāsaye. ‘‘Nibbānaṃ arahato gatī’’ti (pari. 339) ettha paṭissaraṇe. ‘‘Api ca tyāhaṃ brahme gatiñca pajānāmi, jutiñca pajānāmi evaṃmahiddhiko bako brahmā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.503) ettha nipphattiyaṃ vattati. Svāyamidhāpi nipphattiyaṃ vattatīti veditabbo. Anaññāti aññā gati nipphatti nāma natthi.
“如法者”是指具足十种善法、远离四种非道的人。“法王”是前一个词的另一种说法;或者因为他依法得到王位,所以叫法王。“四方之主”是指以东海等四海为界、统辖四方大地的君主。“征服者”是指已经战胜敌方的胜利者。“国土达到稳固”是说国土达到了安定坚固的状态。因为一个暴虐的国王用刑罚等手段压迫民众时,人们就会抛弃中部国土,跑到山区、海边等边境地带居住。而一个太过软弱的国王,人们被盗贼和强盗掠夺财物、遭受迫害时,就会离开边境,跑到国土中心居住。像这样的国王,他的国土就达不到稳固。然而当这位王子治理国家时,他的国土将会像放在石板上、再用铁板围起来一样稳固。为了说明这一点,论师们说“国土达到稳固”。巴利
Dhammikoti dasakusaladhammasamannāgato agatigamanavirahito. Dhammarājāti idaṃ purimapadasseva vevacanaṃ. Dhammena vā laddharajjattā dhammarājā. Cāturantoti puratthimasamuddādīnaṃ catunnaṃ samuddānaṃ vasena caturantāya pathaviyā issaro. Vijitāvīti vijitasaṅgāmo. Janapado asmiṃ thāvariyaṃ thirabhāvaṃ pattoti janapadatthāvariyappatto. Caṇḍassa hi rañño balidaṇḍādīhi lokaṃ pīḷayato manussā majjhimajanapadaṃ chaḍḍetvā pabbatasamuddatīrādīni nissāya paccante vāsaṃ kappenti. Atimudukassa rañño corehi sāhasikadhanavilopapīḷitā manussā paccantaṃ pahāya janapadamajjhe vāsaṃ kappenti, iti evarūpe rājini janapado thirabhāvaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Imasmiṃ pana kumāre rajjaṃ kārayamāne etassa janapado pāsāṇapiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhapetvā ayopaṭṭena parikkhitto viya thiro bhavissatīti dassento – ‘‘janapadatthāvariyappatto’’ti āhaṃsu.
具足七宝之中,宝的意思就是能让人心生欢喜。再者——巴利
Sattaratanasamannāgatoti ettha ratijananaṭṭhena ratanaṃ. Apica –
受到恭敬供养,价值又极为高昂,无与伦比,难得一见;
这是非凡众生所受用的,因此称为宝。巴利
‘‘Cittīkataṃ mahagghañca, atulaṃ dullabhadassanaṃ; Anomasattaparibhogaṃ, ratanaṃ tena vuccati’’.
从轮宝出现的那一刻起,就不再存在别的天神住处了,所有天神都用香、花等供养它,对它礼拜致敬等等,所以从“被看重”这个意义上说,它是宝。轮宝的价值没法估量,所以从“价值极大”这个意义上说,它也是宝。轮宝和世间存在的其他宝物都不一样,所以从“无可比拟”这个意义上说,它也是宝。又因为只有在佛陀出世的那个劫里,转轮圣王才会出现,而佛陀只是偶尔、很久才出现一次,所以从“难得见到”这个意义上说,它也是宝。而且,这宝只出现在出身、相貌、家族、权势等都非凡的殊胜众生那里,不会出现在其他人那里,所以从“非凡众生所受用”这个意义上说,它也是宝。就像轮宝一样,其余诸宝也是如此。具足这七宝作为随从,又具足它们作为一切受用资具,就叫作七宝具足。巴利
Cakkaratanassa ca nibbattakālato paṭṭhāya aññaṃ devaṭṭhānaṃ nāma na hoti, sabbe gandhapupphādīhi tasseva pūjañca abhivādanādīni ca karontīti cittīkataṭṭhena ratanaṃ. Cakkaratanassa ca ettakaṃ nāma dhanaṃ agghatīti aggho natthi, iti mahagghaṭṭhenāpi ratanaṃ. Cakkaratanañca aññehi loke vijjamānaratanehi asadisanti atulaṭṭhenāpi ratanaṃ. Yasmā ca pana yasmiṃ kappe buddhā uppajjanti, tasmiṃyeva cakkavattino uppajjanti, buddhā ca kadāci karahaci uppajjanti, tasmā dullabhadassanaṭṭhenāpi ratanaṃ. Tadetaṃ jātirūpakulaissariyādīhi anomassa uḷārasattasseva uppajjati, na aññassāti anomasattaparibhogaṭṭhenāpi ratanaṃ. Yathā cakkaratanaṃ, evaṃ sesānipīti. Imehi sattahi ratanehi parivārabhāvena ceva sabbabhogūpakaraṇabhāvena ca samannāgatoti sattaratanasamannāgato.
现在,为了说明这些宝的具体样子,才说了“他的这些”等话。其中,关于“轮宝”等宝,简要的意思是:轮宝出现,能够取来以两千个小岛为附属的四大洲的荣华富贵,并献给转轮王。同样,象宝出现,能在午前就环行以大海为边界的大地、能在空中行走;和它一样的,就是马宝出现;珠宝出现,能在四种情形下的黑暗中,驱散一由旬范围内的黑暗、让人看见光明;女宝出现,远离六种过失、举止令人欢喜;居士宝出现,能让人看见深藏在地下的一由旬深的宝藏;统帅宝出现,从正妻腹中出生、能够治理整个王国、被称为长子。巴利
Idāni tesaṃ sarūpato dassanatthaṃ tassimānītiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha cakkaratanantiādīsu ayaṃ saṅkhepādhippāyo – dvesahassadīpaparivārānaṃ catunnaṃ mahādīpānaṃ sirivibhavaṃ gahetvā dātuṃ samatthaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pātubhavati. Tathā purebhattameva sāgarapariyantaṃ pathaviṃ anusaṃyāyanasamatthaṃ vehāsaṅgamaṃ hatthiratanaṃ, tādisameva assaratanaṃ, caturaṅgasamannāgate andhakāre yojanappamāṇaṃ andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā ālokadassanasamatthaṃ maṇiratanaṃ, chabbidhadosavivajjitaṃ manāpacāri itthiratanaṃ, yojanappamāṇe antopathavigataṃ nidhiṃ dassanasamatthaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ, aggamahesiyā kucchimhi nibbattitvā sakalarajjamanusāsanasamatthaṃ jeṭṭhaputtasaṅkhātaṃ pariṇāyakaratanaṃ pātubhavati.
Parosahassa是指超过一千。Sūrā就是无所畏惧的人。Vīraṅgarūpā:vīra的肢体是vīraṅga,这是精进的名称;他们具有英勇的形态,意思是他们以精进为本性、以精进为体、由精进构成、不知疲倦。这样说就是在表达:即使战斗一整天,他们也不会疲劳。Sāgarapariyanta是指以轮围山为边界、大海所到之处。Adaṇḍena:有些国王对犯了罪的人,百人、千人地捉拿,他们是用财物惩罚来治国;有些国王处以砍断、分裂等刑罚,他们是用刀杖惩罚来治国。而这位菩萨舍弃了这两种惩罚,不靠杖罚而安住。Asatthena:有些国王用单刃刀等利器伤害他人,这叫做用利器治国。而这位菩萨不用利器,乃至对小小的苍蝇也不曾让任何一只流出一滴血,唯依正法——以“来吧,大王”这样的方式,接受前来归附的敌国国王,如此征服了前面所说的那片大地而安住,也就是征服之后,成为主人而住。巴利
Parosahassanti atirekasahassaṃ. Sūrāti abhīrukā. Vīraṅgarūpāti vīrānaṃ aṅgaṃ vīraṅgaṃ, vīriyassetaṃ nāmaṃ, vīraṅgaṃ rūpametesanti vīraṅgarūpā, vīriyajātikā vīriyasabhāvā vīriyamayā akilāsuno ahesuṃ. Divasampi yujjhantā na kilamantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sāgarapariyantanti cakkavāḷapabbataṃ sīmaṃ katvā ṭhitasamuddapariyantaṃ. Adaṇḍenāti ye katāparādhe satte satampi sahassampi gaṇhanti, te dhanadaṇḍena rajjaṃ kārenti. Ye chejjabhejjaṃ anusāsanti, te satthadaṇḍena. Ayaṃ pana duvidhampi daṇḍaṃ pahāya adaṇḍena ajjhāvasati. Asatthenāti ye ekatodhārādinā satthena paraṃ vihesanti, te satthena rajjaṃ kārenti nāma. Ayaṃ pana satthena khuddamakkhikāyapi pivanamattaṃ lohitaṃ kassaci anuppādetvā dhammeneva – ‘‘ehi kho mahārājā’’ti evaṃ paṭirājūhi sampaṭicchitāgamano vuttappakāraṃ pathaviṃ abhivijinitvā ajjhāvasati, abhibhavitvā sāmī hutvā vasatīti attho.
像这样讲完第一种成就之后,为了讲第二种成就,就说了“但如果”等话。其中,所谓覆盖和障碍,就是指贪、嗔、痴、慢、见、烦恼、渴爱;这些已经被他打开、摧毁、揭露,所以叫“已打开覆盖者”。也有读作“vivaṭṭacchadā”的,意思一样。巴利
Evaṃ ekaṃ nipphattiṃ kathetvā dutiyaṃ kathetuṃ sace kho panātiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha rāgadosamohamānadiṭṭhikilesataṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ chadanaṃ āvaraṇaṃ vivaṭaṃ viddhaṃsitaṃ vivaṭakaṃ etenāti vivaṭacchado. ‘‘Vivaṭṭacchadā’’tipi pāṭho, ayameva attho.
35 35. 这样讲完第二种成就之后,为了显示那些作为前兆的特征,经中说了“大王,这位王子……”等等。其中,“善安立足”是说:别人把脚放到地上时,要么是前脚掌先触地,要么是脚跟先触地,要么是脚侧先触地,要么中间留有空隙;抬脚时,也是前脚掌等某一个部位先抬起。但这位不是这样。他的整个脚掌就像金拖鞋的鞋底一样,一下子同时触地,一下子同时离开地面。因此,他被称为“善安立足者”。巴利
35. Evaṃ dutiyaṃ nipphattiṃ kathetvā tāsaṃ nimittabhūtāni lakkhaṇāni dassetuṃ ayañhi, deva, kumārotiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha suppatiṭṭhitapādoti yathā aññesaṃ bhūmiyaṃ pādaṃ ṭhapentānaṃ aggapādatalaṃ vā paṇhi vā passaṃ vā paṭhamaṃ phusati, vemajjhe vā pana chiddaṃ hoti, ukkhipantānaṃ aggatalādīsu ekakoṭṭhāsova paṭhamaṃ uṭṭhahati, na evamassa. Assa pana suvaṇṇapādukatalamiva ekappahāreneva sakalaṃ pādatalaṃ bhūmiṃ phusati, ekappahāreneva bhūmito uṭṭhahati. Tasmā ayaṃ suppatiṭṭhitapādo.
所谓“轮”,就是两只脚掌上各有一个轮。这些轮的辐、轮辋和轮毂,在圣典里都已经说过了。而“一切形相圆满”这句话,要这样理解它的特别之处:据说在这些轮当中,脚掌中央能看到轮毂,能看到以轮毂为界限的圆圈线,能看到朝向轮毂的环绕带,能看到水槽口,能看到辐条,辐条上能看到圆圈线,还能看到轮辋上的宝珠装饰。这些是圣典里已经提到的部分。至于还没有出现的“众多品类”,应当这样看:矛、吉祥海云、欢喜、卍字、花环、增长幢、一对鱼、妙座、钩、宫殿、牌楼、白伞、剑、扇、孔雀尾拂、野牛尾拂、头巾、宝珠、钵、素馨花环、青莲花、红莲花、白莲花、莲花、白睡莲、满瓶、满钵、海、轮围山、雪山、须弥山、日月、星宿、四大洲、二千小洲,乃至转轮王的随从众等——这一切都是轮相的附属装饰。巴利
Cakkānīti dvīsu pādatalesu dve cakkāni, tesaṃ arā ca nemi ca nābhi ca pāḷiyaṃ vuttāva. Sabbākāraparipūrānīti iminā pana ayaṃ viseso veditabbo, tesaṃ kira cakkānaṃ pādatalassa majjhe nābhi dissati, nābhiparicchinnā vaṭṭalekhā dissati, nābhimukhaparikkhepapaṭṭo dissati, panāḷimukhaṃ dissati, arā dissanti, aresu vaṭṭilekhā dissanti, nemimaṇikā dissanti. Idaṃ tāva pāḷiyaṃ āgatameva. Sambahulavāro pana anāgato, so evaṃ daṭṭhabbo – satti, sirivaccho, nandi, sovattiko, vaṭaṃsako, vaḍḍhamānakaṃ, macchayugaḷaṃ, bhaddapīṭhaṃ, aṅkusako, pāsādo, toraṇaṃ, setacchattaṃ, khaggo, tālavaṇṭaṃ, morahatthako, vāḷabījanī, uṇhīsaṃ, maṇi, patto, sumanadāmaṃ, nīluppalaṃ, rattuppalaṃ, setuppalaṃ, padumaṃ, puṇḍarīkaṃ, puṇṇaghaṭo , puṇṇapāti, samuddo, cakkavāḷo, himavā, sineru, candimasūriyā, nakkhattāni, cattāro mahādīpā, dviparittadīpasahassāni, antamaso cakkavattirañño parisaṃ upādāya sabbo cakkalakkhaṇasseva parivāro.
“脚跟广长”是指脚跟修长,意思是脚跟圆满。比如一般人的前脚掌比较长,小腿落在脚跟的顶端,脚跟就像被削掉之后重新安上去一样;但大人不是这样。大人的脚分成四份,前两份是前脚掌,第三份是小腿落脚的地方,第四份是脚跟,脚跟就像用锥尖旋圆后放着的红色毛线球一样。巴利
Āyatapaṇhīti dīghapaṇhi, paripuṇṇapaṇhīti attho. Yathā hi aññesaṃ aggapādo dīgho hoti, paṇhimatthake jaṅghā patiṭṭhāti, paṇhiṃ tacchetvā ṭhapitā viya hoti, na evaṃ mahāpurisassa. Mahāpurisassa pana catūsu koṭṭhāsesu dve koṭṭhāsā aggapādo hoti, tatiye koṭṭhāse jaṅghā patiṭṭhāti, catutthakoṭṭhāse āraggena vaṭṭetvā ṭhapitā viya rattakambalageṇḍukasadisā paṇhi hoti.
“手指长”:普通人的手指有的长、有的短,不是这样。而大人的手指和脚趾像猕猴的一样长,根部粗,逐渐向末端变细,就像用松脂油揉搓后卷成的姜黄条一样。因此说“手指长”。巴利
Dīghaṅgulīti yathā aññesaṃ kāci aṅguliyo dīghā honti, kāci rassā, na evaṃ mahāpurisassa. Mahāpurisassa pana makkaṭasseva dīghā hatthapādaṅguliyo mūle thūlā, anupubbena gantvā agge tanukā, niyyāsatelena madditvā vaṭṭitaharitālavaṭṭisadisā honti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘dīghaṅgulī’’ti.
手足柔软:就像把棉絮浸在熟酥里,反复捶打一百次后再放好,柔软极了。不仅刚出生时是这样,到了年老时,手脚也依然这样柔软细嫩。因为他的手脚这样柔软细嫩,所以叫手足柔软。巴利
Mudutalunahatthapādoti sappimaṇḍe osāretvā ṭhapitaṃ satavāravihatakappāsapaṭalaṃ viya mudu. Yathā ca idāni jātamattassa, evaṃ vuḍḍhakālepi mudutalunāyeva bhavissanti, mudutalunā hatthapādā etassāti mudutalunahatthapādo.
“手足有网”:并不是说手指之间被皮肤连在一起。像那种手指连成一片、像蛇头一样的人,是因为身体有缺陷,所以不能出家。而大士的四根手指和五根脚趾都一样长;因为长度相同,指间就像谷粒上的纹路那样彼此交错贯通。于是他的手脚,就像巧匠做出来的网窗一样。因此说“手足有网”。巴利
Jālahatthapādoti na cammena paṭibaddhaaṅgulantaro. Ediso hi phaṇahatthako purisadosena upahato pabbajjaṃ na paṭilabhati. Mahāpurisassa pana catasso hatthaṅguliyo pañcapi pādaṅguliyo ekappamāṇā honti, tāsaṃ ekappamāṇatāya yavalakkhaṇaṃ aññamaññaṃ paṭivijjhitvā tiṭṭhati. Athassa hatthapādā kusalena vaḍḍhakinā yojitajālavātapānasadisā honti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘jālahatthapādo’’ti.
他的脚踝向上方立起,所以叫“高踝”。别人的脚踝长在脚背上,因此他们的脚就像被栓在钉子上一样绑住了,不能随意转动,走路时连脚掌也看不见。而大人的脚踝是向上隆起的,所以他从肚脐往上的上半身,就像放在船上的金像一样纹丝不动,只有下半身在动;两脚能轻松自如地转动;无论站在他前面、后面还是两侧的人,都能看见他的脚掌,不像大象那样只有从后面才看得见。巴利
Uddhaṃ patiṭṭhitagopphakattā ussaṅkhā pādā assāti ussaṅkhapādo. Aññesañhi piṭṭhipāde gopphakā honti, tena tesaṃ pādā āṇibaddhā viya baddhā honti, na yathāsukhaṃ parivaṭṭanti, gacchantānaṃ pādatalānipi na dissanti. Mahāpurisassa pana āruhitvā upari gopphakā patiṭṭhahanti, tenassa nābhito paṭṭhāya uparimakāyo nāvāya ṭhapitasuvaṇṇapaṭimā viya niccalo hoti, adhokāyova iñjati, sukhena pādā parivaṭṭanti, puratopi pacchatopi ubhayapassesupi ṭhatvā passantānaṃ pādatalāni paññāyanti, na hatthīnaṃ viya pacchatoyeva.
“鹿王腿”的意思是:他的小腿像鹿王的小腿一样,肌肉饱满、圆润。不是那种肉只挤在一处的腿肚子,而是四周的肌肉均匀分布、把小腿包得匀称好看,形状像稻谷或麦谷的嫩芽。巴利
Eṇijaṅghoti eṇimigasadisajaṅgho maṃsussadena paripuṇṇajaṅgho, na ekato baddhapiṇḍikamaṃso , samantato samasaṇṭhitena maṃsena parikkhittāhi suvaṭṭitāhi sāligabbhayavagabbhasadisāhi jaṅghāhi samannāgatoti attho.
“不弯曲”:就是不弯身,这显示他既不是驼背,也不是矮小畸形的人。其他的人,确实要么是驼背,要么是矮小畸形。驼背的人上半身不完整,矮小畸形的人下半身不完整。因为身体不完整,他们没办法不弯身就摸到膝盖。而这位大人因为上下两部分身体都完整,所以能做到。巴利
Anonamantoti anamanto, etenassa akhujjaavāmanabhāvo dīpito. Avasesajanā hi khujjā vā honti vāmanā vā. Khujjānaṃ uparimakāyo aparipuṇṇo hoti, vāmanānaṃ heṭṭhimakāyo. Te aparipuṇṇakāyattā na sakkonti anonamantā jaṇṇukāni parimajjituṃ. Mahāpuriso pana paripuṇṇaubhayakāyattā sakkoti.
“马阴藏相”是指:就像公牛、大象等那样,他的密处藏在宛如金莲花蕊一般的鞘中,被覆盖、遮蔽起来,所以称为马阴藏相。所谓“密处”,是指应当用布遮住的男根。巴利
Kosohitavatthaguyhoti usabhavāraṇādīnaṃ viya suvaṇṇapadumakaṇṇikasadisehi kosehi ohitaṃ paṭicchannaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ assāti kosohitavatthaguyho. Vatthaguyhanti vatthena guhitabbaṃ aṅgajātaṃ vuccati.
所谓“金色”,意思是:先用天然朱砂打磨,再用豹牙刮擦,然后以赭石加工处理,这样处理后所安放的,就像厚重纯金像一样。这是为了显示他的身体坚实、润泽、细滑,接着为了展示肤色,才说“肤色如黄金”。或者说,这只是前一句的另一种说法。巴利
Suvaṇṇavaṇṇoti jātihiṅgulakena majjitvā dīpidāṭhāya ghaṃsitvā gerukaparikammaṃ katvā ṭhapitaghanasuvaṇṇarūpasadisoti attho. Etenassa ghanasiniddhasaṇhasarīrataṃ dassetvā chavivaṇṇadassanatthaṃ kañcanasannibhattacoti vuttaṃ. Purimassa vā vevacanametaṃ.
尘或垢,就是尘与垢。不粘附,就是不停留,像水珠从莲叶上滚落一样滑开。不过,佛陀做洗手等事,既是为了顺应时节,也是为了让布施者获得福报,同时也是出于威仪的首要要求。因为比丘进入住处时,应先洗脚再进去,这是所说的。巴利
Rajojallanti rajo vā malaṃ vā. Na upalimpatīti na laggati padumapalāsato udakabindu viya vivaṭṭati. Hatthadhovanādīni pana utuggahaṇatthāya ceva dāyakānaṃ puññaphalatthāya ca buddhā karonti, vattasīsenāpi ca karontiyeva. Senāsanaṃ pavisantena hi bhikkhunā pāde dhovitvā pavisitabbanti vuttametaṃ.
毛向上者:在发旋的末端,那些毛发向上竖起,像是正仰头望着面容的光泽一样立着,这样的人就叫毛向上者。巴利
Uddhaggalomoti āvaṭṭapariyosāne uddhaggāni hutvā mukhasobhaṃ ullokayamānāni viya ṭhitāni lomāni assāti uddhaggalomo.
“梵天直身”:像梵天那样身体挺直,是以笔直、修长的身相出生的。一般来说,众生在肩、腰、膝这三处会弯曲:腰弯曲的人往后弯,另外两处则往前弯。至于那些身材高大的人,有的身体向侧面歪斜,有的仰着头走路,好像在数星星;有的几乎没什么肉和血,像根柱子;有的身体往前倾,走起路来摇摇晃晃。但这位大人却是笔直地成长,身材修长,就像天城之中竖起的金拱门一样——相师们是这样说明的。应当知道,凡是这位大人刚出生时还没有完全具足的大人相,都是就未来修德成就时的状态而说的。巴利
Brahmujugattoti brahmā viya ujugatto, ujumeva uggatadīghasarīro bhavissati. Yebhuyyena hi sattā khandhe kaṭiyaṃ jāṇūsūti tīsu ṭhānesu namanti, te kaṭiyaṃ namantā pacchato namanti, itaresu dvīsu ṭhānesu purato. Dīghasarīrā pana eke passavaṅkā honti, eke mukhaṃ unnametvā nakkhattāni gaṇayantā viya caranti, eke appamaṃsalohitā sūlasadisā honti, eke purato pabbhārā honti, pavedhamānā gacchanti. Ayaṃ pana ujumeva uggantvā dīghappamāṇo devanagare ussitasuvaṇṇatoraṇaṃ viya bhavissatīti dīpenti. Yathā cetaṃ, evaṃ yaṃ yaṃ jātamattassa sabbaso aparipuṇṇaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ hoti, taṃ taṃ āyatiṃ tathābhāvitaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
七处隆满:就是两处手背、两处脚背、两处肩头和颈项,这七个地方肌肉饱满充实。其他人的手背、脚背等地方,会显出血管的网络,肩头和颈项处则露出骨头的尖端,那些人看起来就像饿鬼一样。这位大人却不是这样。这位大人在七个地方都肌肉饱满充实,血管网络隐没不现,手背、脚背等处圆润饱满,颈项就像安放好的黄金鼓,看上去像一尊石像,也像一尊彩绘像。巴利
Sattussadoti dve hatthapiṭṭhiyo dve pādapiṭṭhiyo dve aṃsakūṭāni khandhoti imesu sattasu ṭhānesu paripuṇṇo maṃsussado assāti sattussado. Aññesaṃ pana hatthapādapiṭṭhādīsu sirājālaṃ paññāyati, aṃsakūṭakkhandhesu aṭṭhikoṭiyo. Te manussā petā viya khāyanti, na tathā mahāpuriso, mahāpuriso pana sattasu ṭhānesu paripuṇṇamaṃsussadattā nigūḷhasirājālehi hatthapiṭṭhādīhi vaṭṭetvā suṭṭhapitasuvaṇṇāḷiṅgasadisena khandhena silārūpakaṃ viya khāyati, cittakammarūpakaṃ viya ca khāyati.
像狮子的前半身一样,他的身体就是“狮身前半身”。因为狮子的前半身是圆满的,后半身却不圆满。而大丈夫的整个身体,都像狮子的前半身那样圆满。他的身体也不像狮子那样,这里凸起、那里凹陷,长得不匀称;而是该长的地方长,该短、该粗、该细、该宽、该圆、该随顺的地方,就正好是那样。世尊确实这样说过:巴利
Sīhassa pubbaddhaṃ viya kāyo assāti sīhapubbaddhakāyo. Sīhassa hi puratthimakāyova paripuṇṇo hoti, pacchimakāyo aparipuṇṇo. Mahāpurisassa pana sīhassa pubbaddhakāyo viya sabbo kāyo paripuṇṇo. Sopi sīhasseva tattha tattha vinatunnatādivasena dussaṇṭhitavisaṇṭhito na hoti, dīghayuttaṭṭhāne pana dīgho, rassathūlakisaputhulaanuvaṭṭitayuttaṭṭhānesu tathāvidhova hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,当悦意的业报现前时,以哪些肢节显得修长而美好,那些肢节就长得修长;以哪些肢节显得短小而美好,那些肢节就长得短小;以哪些肢节显得粗壮而美好,那些肢节就长得粗壮;以哪些肢节显得纤细而美好,那些肢节就长得纤细;以哪些肢节显得宽阔而美好,那些肢节就长得宽阔;以哪些肢节显得圆润而美好,那些肢节就长得圆润。巴利
‘‘Manāpiyeva kho, bhikkhave, kammavipāke paccupaṭṭhite yehi aṅgehi dīghehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni dīghāni saṇṭhanti. Yehi aṅgehi rassehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni rassāni saṇṭhanti. Yehi aṅgehi thūlehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni thūlāni saṇṭhanti. Yehi aṅgehi kisehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni kisāni saṇṭṭhanti. Yehi aṅgehi puthulehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni puthulāni saṇṭhanti. Yehi aṅgehi vaṭṭehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni vaṭṭāni saṇṭhantī’’ti.
大丈夫的身体就是这样,由种种心、由福德之心塑造而成,又以十种波罗蜜为庄严;世间一切精通技艺的工匠,或者具足神通的人,连一个相似的形像也做不出来。巴利
Iti nānācittena puññacittena cittito dasahi pāramīhi sajjito mahāpurisassa attabhāvo, loke sabbasippino vā sabbaiddhimanto vā patirūpakampi kātuṃ na sakkonti.
“肩间充实”是说:两肩胛骨之间的地方,叫做肩间;那里肌肉充实圆满,所以叫“肩间充实”。常人的那个部位是凹陷的,两块肩胛骨各自分明可见。但大士的身体,从腰部开始,肌肉一层层向上隆起,一直到肩膀,像竖立的金板一样覆盖并贴在背上。巴利
Citantaraṃsoti antaraṃsaṃ vuccati dvinnaṃ koṭṭānaṃ antaraṃ, taṃ citaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ antaraṃsaṃ assāti citantaraṃso. Aññesañhi taṃ ṭhānaṃ ninnaṃ hoti, dve piṭṭhikoṭṭā pāṭiyekkā paññāyanti. Mahāpurisassa pana kaṭito paṭṭhāya maṃsapaṭalaṃ yāva khandhā uggamma samussitasuvaṇṇaphalakaṃ viya piṭṭhiṃ chādetvā patiṭṭhitaṃ.
“尼拘律陀树般圆满”是指像尼拘律陀树那样圆满。譬如一棵高五十肘或一百肘的尼拘律陀树,枝干匀称,无论高度还是广度都同样大小;同样,他的身体从身高到两臂伸展的长度也一样。常人的身体,或高或臂展长,并非如此不均等,这就是这句话的意思。正因为如此,才说了“如其身量”等话。其中,“如其身量”就是指“yāvatako assa”这个短语。巴利
Nigrodhaparimaṇḍaloti nigrodho viya parimaṇḍalo. Yathā paññāsahatthatāya vā satahatthatāya vā samakkhandhasākho nigrodho dīghatopi vitthāratopi ekappamāṇova hoti, evaṃ kāyatopi byāmatopi ekappamāṇo. Yathā aññesaṃ kāyo dīgho vā hoti byāmo vā, na evaṃ visamappamāṇoti attho. Teneva yāvatakvassa kāyotiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yāvatako assāti yāvatakvassa.
颈项圆满,就是颈项长得匀称。有些人脖子像鹭、像鹤、像猪那样,又长又弯又粗,说话的时候青筋暴起,声音又弱又钝。大士不是这样。大士的颈项像打磨得很匀称的金锭,说话时看不到青筋,声音洪亮,像打雷一样。巴利
Samavaṭṭakkhandhoti samavaṭṭitakkhandho. Yathā eke koñcā viya ca bakā viya ca varāhā viya ca dīghagalā vaṅkagalā puthulagalā ca honti , kathanakāle sirājālaṃ paññāyati, mando saro nikkhamati, na evaṃ mahāpurisassa. Mahāpurisassa pana suvaṭṭitasuvaṇṇāḷiṅgasadiso khandho hoti, kathanakāle sirājālaṃ na paññāyati, meghassa viya gajjito saro mahā hoti.
味顶味在这里是指:把味道带走、取走,所以叫味取者。这是对味传导者的称呼;而这些味取者最为殊胜,所以叫味顶味。据说,大人有一万七千条味传导者,它们向上延伸,正好附着在颈部。即使只是芝麻大小的一点食物放在舌尖,也能遍及整个身体。正因如此,他在精勤修习大苦行时,仅靠一粒米饭等,或仅一百份绿豆汤,也能维持身体。而其他人没有这样的味传导者,食物的食素不能遍及全身,所以他们多病。巴利
Rasaggasaggīti ettha rasaṃ gasanti harantīti rasaggasā. Rasaharaṇīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tā aggā assāti rasaggasaggī. Mahāpurisassa kira sattarasaharaṇīsahassāni uddhaggāni hutvā gīvāyameva paṭimukkāni. Tilaphalamattopi āhāro jivhagge ṭhapito sabbakāyaṃ anupharati. Teneva mahāpadhānaṃ padahantassa ekataṇḍulādīhipi kaḷāyayūsapasatamattenāpi kāyassa yāpanaṃ ahosi. Aññesaṃ pana tathā abhāvā na sakalaṃ kāyaṃ ojā pharati. Tena te bahvābādhā honti.
狮子颚:因为他的颚像狮子,所以叫狮子颚。这里说,狮子的下颚才是圆满的,上颚并不圆满;但这位大人的上下两颚都圆满,就像狮子的下颚那样,又像十二日的月亮。于是占相师们只观察颚骨的边缘,就看出:在这些颚骨中,下排有二十颗牙,上排有二十颗牙,总共四十颗牙齿,排列整齐,紧密无间。他们便说:“大王,这位童子有四十颗牙齿。”等等。这里的意思是:别人即使牙齿齐全,也只有三十二颗,而这位大人将有四十颗。别人的牙齿有的高有的低,参差不齐;而这位大人的牙齿,平整得像用铁板切割过的螺片。别人的牙齿像鳄鱼的一样稀疏,吃鱼肉时齿缝里塞满肉屑;而这位大人的牙齿,就像竖立在金板上的金刚行列那样紧密,又像用棉线画出的界线那样整齐。别人还会长出坏牙,有些犬齿发黑或变色;而这位大人将有极白的犬齿,其光芒超过晨星,明亮耀眼。巴利
Sīhasseva hanu assāti sīhahanu. Tattha sīhassa heṭṭhimahanumeva paripuṇṇaṃ hoti, na uparimaṃ. Mahāpurisassa pana sīhassa heṭṭhimaṃ viya dvepi paripuṇṇāni dvādasiyā pakkhassa candasadisāni honti. Atha nemittakā hanukapariyantaṃ olokentāva imesu hanukesu heṭṭhime vīsati uparime vīsatīti cattālīsadantā samā aviraḷā patiṭṭhahissantīti sallakkhetvā ayañhi deva, kumāro cattālīsadanto hotītiādimāhaṃsu. Tatrāyamattho, aññesañhi paripuṇṇadantānampi dvattiṃsa dantā honti. Imassa pana cattālīsaṃ bhavissanti. Aññesañca keci dantā uccā, keci nīcāti visamā honti, imassa pana ayapaṭṭakena chinnasaṅkhapaṭalaṃ viya samā bhavissanti. Aññesaṃ kumbhilānaṃ viya dantā viraḷā honti, macchamaṃsāni khādantānaṃ dantantaraṃ pūrenti. Imassa pana kanakaphalakāyaṃ samussitavajirapanti viya aviraḷā tūlikāya dassitaparicchedā viya dantā bhavissanti. Aññesañca pūtidantā uṭṭhahanti. Tena kāci dāṭhā kāḷāpi vivaṇṇāpi honti. Ayaṃ pana suṭṭhu sukkadāṭho osadhitārakampi atikkamma virocamānāya pabhāya samannāgatadāṭho bhavissati.
“广长舌”是指宽大而长的舌头。其他人的舌头,有的厚、有的薄、有的短、有的硬、有的不平整;而大人的舌头则柔软、修长、宽大、色泽美妙。他为了消除前来寻求此相者的疑惑,凭借舌头的柔软,能把它卷起来,像针一样触及两个鼻孔;凭借舌头的长,能触及两个耳孔;凭借舌头的宽大,能覆盖整个额头直到发际尽头。如此展示出它柔软、修长、宽大的特性,来消除他们的疑惑。正是针对这种具足三种特征的舌头,才说为“广长舌”。巴利
Pahūtajivhoti puthulajivho. Aññesaṃ jivhā thūlāpi honti kisāpi rassāpi thaddhāpi visamāpi, mahāpurisassa pana jivhā mudu dīghā puthulā vaṇṇasampannā hoti. So hi etaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ pariyesituṃ āgatānaṃ kaṅkhāvinodanatthaṃ mudukattā taṃ jivhaṃ kathinasūciṃ viya vaṭṭetvā ubho nāsikasotāni parāmasati, dīghattā ubho kaṇṇasotāni parāmasati , puthulattā kesantapariyosānaṃ kevalampi nalāṭaṃ paṭicchādeti. Evamassa mududīghaputhulabhāvaṃ pakāsento tesaṃ kaṅkhaṃ vinodeti. Evaṃ tilakkhaṇasampannaṃ jivhaṃ sandhāya ‘‘pahūtajivho’’ti vuttaṃ.
梵音:有些人的声音是断的、裂的,或者像乌鸦叫;而这位大人具备与大梵天相似的声音。因为大梵天不被胆汁和痰所阻碍,所以声音清澈。大人过去所造的业净化了他的发声部位。由于发声部位清净,声音从肚脐一带生起,清澈纯净,并且是具足八种特质而发出来的。像迦陵频伽鸟一样鸣叫,就是“如迦陵频伽鸟鸣叫者”,意思是他的声音像沉醉的迦陵频伽鸟的叫声一样柔和美妙。巴利
Brahmassaroti aññe chinnassarāpi bhinnassarāpi kākassarāpi honti, ayaṃ pana mahābrahmuno sarasadisena sarena samannāgato bhavissati, mahābrahmuno hi pittasemhehi apalibuddhattā saro visado hoti. Mahāpurisenāpi katakammaṃ tassa vatthuṃ sodheti. Vatthuno suddhattā nābhito paṭṭhāya samuṭṭhahanto saro visado aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatova samuṭṭhāti. Karavīko viya bhaṇatīti karavīkabhāṇī, mattakaravīkarutamañjughosoti attho.
所谓“绀目”,并不是整只眼睛都是青蓝色。而是在该显现青蓝色的地方,眼睛呈现出像亚麻花那样极其纯净的青蓝色;在该显现黄色的地方,呈现出像迦尼迦罗花那样的黄色;在该显现红色的地方,呈现出像班杜吉瓦花那样的红色;在该显现白色的地方,呈现出像晨星那样的白色;在该显现黑色的地方,呈现出像阿达利塔花那样的黑色。整体看上去,就像金色宫殿里敞开的宝珠狮窗一样。巴利
Abhinīlanettoti na sakalanīlanetto, nīlayuttaṭṭhāne panassa umāpupphasadisena ativisuddhena nīlavaṇṇena samannāgatāni nettāni honti, pītayuttaṭṭhāne kaṇikārapupphasadisena pītavaṇṇena, lohitayuttaṭṭhāne bandhujīvakapupphasadisena lohitavaṇṇena, setayuttaṭṭhāne osadhitārakasadisena setavaṇṇena, kāḷayuttaṭṭhāne addāriṭṭhakasadisena kāḷavaṇṇena samannāgatāni. Suvaṇṇavimāne ugghāṭitamaṇisīhapañjarasadisāni khāyanti.
这里说的“牛眼睫”,其中的“眼睫”指的是整个眼睛。黑牛犊的眼睛厚实,红牛犊的眼睛则清澈明净。意思是说,佛陀的眼睛就像刚出生的幼红牛犊的眼睛那样。其他人的眼睛不圆满,有的是具象、鼠等那样凸出或深陷的眼睛。而佛陀的眼睛,就像洗过、磨光后安放的宝珠,上面覆盖着柔软、光滑、深蓝而纤细的睫毛。巴利
Gopakhumoti ettha pakhumanti sakalacakkhubhaṇḍaṃ adhippetaṃ, taṃ kāḷavacchakassa bahaladhātukaṃ hoti, rattavacchakassa vippasannaṃ, taṃmuhuttajātataruṇarattavacchakasadisacakkhubhaṇḍoti attho. Aññesañhi cakkhubhaṇḍā aparipuṇṇā honti, hatthimūsikādīnaṃ akkhisadisehi viniggatehipi gambhīrehipi akkhīhi samannāgatā honti. Mahāpurisassa pana dhovitvā majjitvā ṭhapitamaṇiguḷikā viya mudusiniddhanīlasukhumapakhumācitāni akkhīni.
白毫就是白毫毛。眉间是指两眉之间、鼻梁正上方生出的,但向上伸展后,则生在额头正中央。白就是极为清净,颜色像晨星一样。柔软是指像浸入纯净酥油膏后取出放置、又经上百次捶打的棉层那样柔软。如绵是指像木棉花的丝絮和藤絮一样,这是对它洁白之相的比喻。而这白毫如果抓住末端向外拉,有半臂那么长;一放手,就以右旋的方式卷回去,尖端朝上竖立而住。就像放在金板正中央的银水泡,又像从金瓶中涌出的乳流,更像晨曦映照的天空中闪耀的晨星,以极其迷人的光彩而辉耀。巴利
Uṇṇāti uṇṇalomaṃ. Bhamukantareti dvinnaṃ bhamukānaṃ vemajjhe nāsikamatthakeyeva jātā, uggantvā pana nalāṭavemajjhe jātā. Odātāti parisuddhā, osadhitārakasamānavaṇṇā. Mudūti sappimaṇḍe osāretvā ṭhapitasatavāravihatakappāsapaṭalasadisā. Tūlasannibhāti simbalitūlalatātūlasamānā, ayamassa odātatāya upamā. Sā panesā koṭiyaṃ gahetvā ākaḍḍhiyamānā upaḍḍhabāhuppamāṇā hoti, vissaṭṭhā dakkhiṇāvaṭṭavasena āvaṭṭitvā uddhaggā hutvā santiṭṭhati. Suvaṇṇaphalakamajjhe ṭhapitarajatapubbuḷakaṃ viya, suvaṇṇaghaṭato nikkhamamānā khīradhārā viya, aruṇappabhārañjite gaganappadese osadhitārakā viya ca atimanoharāya siriyā virocati.
“头如额带”这个说法,是依据两种含义而说的:一是额头圆满,二是头部圆满。因为大士从右耳鬓开始,有一层肉膜生起,覆盖并充满整个额头,一直延伸到左耳鬓才停住,看起来就像国王缠着的头巾那样光彩夺目。据说,人们正是因为看见大士这个相貌,后来才给国王制作了头巾。这是第一种含义。至于其他人,头部并不圆满:有的像猕猴头,有的像某种果实,有的像骨头,有的像象头,有的像冬瓜,有的像山洞。而大士的头,就像用锥子旋削出来一样,极其圆满,好像水泡一样。按前一种解释,因为头看起来像缠着头巾,所以叫“头如额带”;按后一种解释,因为头像头巾一样处处浑圆,所以叫“头如额带”。巴利
Uṇhīsasīsoti idaṃ paripuṇṇanalāṭatañca paripuṇṇasīsataṃ cāti dve atthavase paṭicca vuttaṃ. Mahāpurisassa hi dakkhiṇakaṇṇacūḷikato paṭṭhāya maṃsapaṭalaṃ uṭṭhahitvā sakalanalāṭaṃ chādayamānaṃ pūrayamānaṃ gantvā vāmakaṇṇacūḷikāyaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ, taṃ rañño bandhauṇhīsapaṭṭo viya virocati. Mahāpurisassa kira imaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ disvā rājūnaṃ uṇhīsapaṭṭaṃ akaṃsu. Ayaṃ tāva eko attho. Aññe pana janā aparipuṇṇasīsā honti, keci kapisīsā, keci phalasīsā, keci aṭṭhisīsā, keci hatthisīsā, keci tumbasīsā, keci pabbhārasīsā. Mahāpurisassa pana āraggena vaṭṭetvā ṭhapitaṃ viya suparipuṇṇaṃ udakapubbuḷasadisaṃ sīsaṃ hoti. Tattha purimanaye uṇhīsaveṭhitasīso viyāti uṇhīsasīso. Dutiyanaye uṇhīsaṃ viya sabbattha parimaṇḍalasīsoti uṇhīsasīso.
毗婆尸佛同名注释巴利
Vipassīsamaññāvaṇṇanā
37 “一切欲”这些内容,看起来像是在辨识诸相之后才说的,但不该这样理解。要知道,实际情况是先让那些相师满意,然后才辨识诸相。其中的详细情形,在《入胎品》里已经说过了。“喂乳”就是喂乳汁。据说,为他安排了六十位乳母,她们乳汁无过失又甘美;同样,在其他各项事务上,也各有六十位熟练的人。又安排了六十名男子供这些乳母差遣,还安排了六十位大臣来监督各事已办未办。这样算来,共有四组六十名女子、两组六十名男子,合计六组六十名侍从。“白伞”就是天界的白伞。在释迦族家中,它只安住在吉祥内室中。“勿令其寒冷”等句中,应理解为“勿令其被制伏”。“Svāssudaṃ”就是“so assudaṃ”(那是泪)。“以腋挟腋”就是以这个人的手臂挟那个人的手臂,又以这个人的肩峰挟那个人的肩峰。“Parihariyati”就是被带走,意思是“sampāpiyati”(被送到)。巴利
37.Sabbakāmehīti idaṃ lakkhaṇāni pariggaṇhāpetvā pacchā kataṃ viya vuttaṃ, na panevaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Paṭhamañhi te nemittake santappetvā pacchā lakkhaṇapariggaṇhanaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ. Tassa vitthāro gabbhokkantiyaṃ vuttoyeva. Pāyentīti thaññaṃ pāyenti. Tassa kira niddosena madhurena khīrena samannāgatā saṭṭhi dhātiyo upaṭṭhāpesi, tathā sesāpi tesu tesu kammesu kusalā saṭṭhisaṭṭhiyeva. Tāsaṃ pesanakārake saṭṭhi purise, tassa tassa katākatabhāvaṃ sallakkhaṇe saṭṭhi amacce upaṭṭhāpesi. Evaṃ cattāri saṭṭhiyo itthīnaṃ, dve saṭṭhiyo purisānanti cha saṭṭhiyo upaṭṭhakānaṃyeva ahesuṃ. Setacchattanti dibbasetacchattaṃ. Kuladattiyaṃ pana sirigabbheyeva tiṭṭhati. Mā naṃ sītaṃ vātiādīsu mā abhibhavīti attho veditabbo. Svāssudanti so assudaṃ. Aṅkeneva aṅkanti aññassa bāhunāva aññassa bāhuṃ. Aññassa ca aṃsakūṭeneva aññassa aṃsakūṭaṃ. Parihariyatīti nīyati, sampāpiyatīti attho.
38 “悦耳声”是指清澈的音声。“优雅声”是指灵巧娴熟的声音。“甘甜声”是指令人愉悦的声音。“可爱声”是指能让人生起喜爱的声音。这里说到迦陵频伽鸟的甘甜声——据说,迦陵频伽鸟用喙啄破熟透的芒果,喝下流出的甜汁,然后拍打翅膀,放声鸣唱。这时,正在觅食的四足众生像喝醉了一样,开始嬉戏起来,它们丢下嘴里的草,停下来倾听那个声音。猛兽在追赶小动物时,抬起一只脚还没落下,就那样停住了。被追赶的小动物也放下对死亡的恐惧,停在那里。在空中飞翔的鸟也展开翅膀,停在空中,只顾听那个声音。水里的鱼也张开鳃盖,停在那里,只顾听那个声音。迦陵频伽鸟的甘甜声就是这样。巴利
38.Mañjussaroti akharassaro. Vaggussaroti chekanipuṇassaro. Madhurassaroti sātassaro. Pemaniyassaroti pemajanakassaro. Tatridaṃ karavīkānaṃ madhurassaratāya – karavīkasakuṇe kira madhurarasaṃ ambapakkaṃ mukhatuṇḍakena paharitvā paggharitarasaṃ pivitvā pakkhena tālaṃ datvā vikūjamāne catuppadā mattā viya laḷituṃ ārabhanti. Gocarapasutāpi catuppadā mukhagatāni tiṇāni chaḍḍetvā taṃ saddaṃ suṇanti. Vāḷamigā khuddakamige anubandhamānā ukkhittaṃ pādaṃ anikkhipitvāva tiṭṭhanti. Anubaddhamigā ca maraṇabhayaṃ jahitvā tiṭṭhanti. Ākāse pakkhandā pakkhinopi pakkhe pasāretvā taṃ saddaṃ suṇamānāva tiṭṭhanti. Udake macchāpi kaṇṇapaṭalaṃ papphoṭetvā taṃ saddaṃ suṇamānāva tiṭṭhanti. Evaṃ madhurassarā karavīkā.
阿桑蒂蜜多也是法阿育王的王后。她问僧团:“尊者,有没有谁的声音和佛陀的声音相似?”僧团回答:“有,迦陵频伽鸟的声音就是。”她又问:“尊者,那些鸟在哪里?”回答:“在雪山。”她就对国王说:“大王,我想见迦陵频伽鸟。”国王放出一只金笼,说:“让迦陵频伽鸟坐进这个笼子飞来。”金笼飞出去,停在一只迦陵频伽鸟面前。那只鸟心想:“这笼子是奉国王之命来的,不能不去。”于是就坐了进去。金笼飞回来,停在国王面前。他们却没法让鸟发出叫声。国王就问:“怎么回事,这些鸟为什么不叫?”有人回答:“因为没有看到同伴,陛下。”国王就让人用镜子把那鸟围起来。那鸟看到自己的影子,以为“同伴们来了”,便用翅膀打拍子,发出甜美声音,像在吹奏宝石笛一样鸣唱起来。全城的人都像醉了一样欢舞起来。阿桑蒂蜜多心想:“这畜生都能发出这样甜美的声音,那具足一切知智庄严的世尊,声音该是怎样的呢?”她生起欢喜,而且这欢喜一直没有退失,就和七百位随从一起证得了初果。据说,迦陵频伽鸟的声音就是这样甜美。不过还应知道,毗婆尸太子的声音比这还要甜美百倍、千倍。巴利
Asandhimittāpi dhammāsokassa devī – ‘‘atthi nu kho, bhante, buddhassarena sadiso kassaci saro’’ti saṅghaṃ pucchi. Atthi karavīkasakuṇassāti. Kuhiṃ, bhante, te sakuṇāti? Himavanteti. Sā rājānaṃ āha – ‘‘deva, ahaṃ karavīkasakuṇaṃ passitukāmāmhī’’ti. Rājā – ‘‘imasmiṃ pañjare nisīditvā karavīko āgacchatū’’ti suvaṇṇapañjaraṃ vissajjesi. Pañjaro gantvā ekassa karavīkassa purato aṭṭhāsi. So – ‘‘rājāṇāya āgato pañjaro, na sakkā na gantu’’nti tattha nisīdi. Pañjaro āgantvā rañño purato aṭṭhāsi. Na karavīkasaddaṃ kārāpetuṃ sakkonti. Atha rājā – ‘‘kathaṃ, bhaṇe, ime saddaṃ na karontī’’ti āha. Ñātake adisvā devāti. Atha naṃ rājā ādāsehi parikkhipāpesi. So attano chāyaṃ disvā – ‘‘ñātakā me āgatā’’ti maññamāno pakkhena tālaṃ datvā madhurassarena maṇivaṃsaṃ dhamamāno viya viravi. Sakalanagare manussā mattā viya laḷiṃsu. Asandhimittā cintesi – ‘‘imassa tāva tiracchānagatassa evaṃ madhuro saddo, kīdiso nu kho sabbaññutaññāṇasiripattassa bhagavato saddo ahosī’’ti pītiṃ uppādetvā taṃ pītiṃ avijahitvā sattahi jaṅghasatehi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Evaṃ madhuro kira karavīkasaddoti. Tato pana satabhāgena sahassabhāgena ca madhurataro vipassissa kumārassa saddo ahosīti veditabbo.
39 业果所生不是修习所成的,而是依靠业果的力量,天人们的肉眼就和天眼一样。以这个眼取相,就算把一粒芝麻丢进一车芝麻里,也能认出“就是这一粒”,把它挑出来给予。巴利
39.Kammavipākajanti na bhāvanāmayaṃ, kammavipākavasena pana devatānaṃ cakkhusadisameva maṃsacakkhu ahosi , yena nimittaṃ katvā tilavāhe pakkhittaṃ ekatilampi ayaṃ soti uddharitvā dātuṃ sakkoti.
40 毗婆尸:在这里,这个词的含义是这样——因为中间没有闭眼所造成的黑暗,所以能清净地看见;也因为睁着眼睛而看见,所以叫毗婆尸。第二种解释是:反复辨别而看见,所以叫毗婆尸;意思是再三抉择之后而看见。巴利
40.Vipassīti ettha ayaṃ vacanattho, antarantarā nimīlajanitandhakāravirahena visuddhaṃ passati, vivaṭehi ca akkhīhi passatīti vipassī; dutiyavāre viceyya viceyya passatīti vipassī; vicinitvā vicinitvā passatīti attho.
“他引导义理”的意思是:他了知、看见义理,或者说引导、推动义理。据说有一天,国王坐在审判的地方处理事务时,大臣们把一位打扮整齐的伟人带来,交到国王手里。国王把他放在膝上抚弄时,大臣们却把有主的人弄成了无主。菩萨发出不满的声音。国王说:“这是怎么回事?你们查一查。”他们查了之后没发现别的原因,心想:“大概是因为对不公正的判决不满才这样的吧。”于是又把有主的人判回给主人。大臣们想试探王子是不是真的知道,又再次把有主的人弄成无主。菩萨又同样发出不满的声音。这时国王明白:“这位伟人是知道的。”从那时起,他就不再疏忽大意了。针对这件事才说:“王子经过反复审察,能引导义理。”巴利
Atthe panāyatīti atthe jānāti passati, nayati vā pavattetīti attho. Ekadivasaṃ kira vinicchayaṭṭhāne nisīditvā atthe anusāsantassa rañño alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ mahāpurisaṃ ānetvā hatthe ṭhapayiṃsu. Tassa taṃ aṅkekatvā upalāḷayamānasseva amaccā sāmikaṃ assāmikaṃ akaṃsu. Bodhisatto anattamanasaddaṃ nicchāresi. Rājā – ‘‘kimetaṃ, upadhārethā’’ti āha. Upadhāriyamānā aññaṃ adisvā – ‘‘aḍḍassa dubbinicchitattā evaṃ kataṃ bhavissatī’’ti puna sāmikaṃyeva sāmikaṃ katvā ‘‘ñatvā nu kho kumāro evaṃ karotī’’ti vīmaṃsantā puna sāmikaṃ assāmikaṃ akaṃsu. Punapi bodhisatto tatheva saddaṃ nicchāresi. Atha rājā – ‘‘jānāti mahāpuriso’’ti tato paṭṭhāya appamatto ahosi. Idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘viceyya viceyya kumāro atthe panāyatī’’ti.
42 在“雨季的”等说法里,如果某个住处能在雨季让人住得舒服,这就是“雨季的”。其他几个词也是同样的道理。不过这里的词义是:雨季的住处叫“vassa”,配得上雨季住处的,就叫“vassika”。其他的也照这样类推。巴利
42.Vassikantiādīsu yattha sukhaṃ hoti vassakāle vasituṃ, ayaṃ vassiko. Itaresupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ panettha vacanattho vassāvāso vassaṃ, vassaṃ arahatīti vassiko. Itaresupi eseva nayo.
雨季的宫殿不高也不低,门窗不多也不少,里面的地毯、坐垫、硬食和软食也都搭配得恰到好处。到了冬季,柱子和墙壁都建得低矮,门窗小而薄,缝隙细密,为了把暖气引进来,墙上还开出通风口。这时候用的地毯、坐垫、衣服之类,都是能保暖的,像毛毯那样的东西。吃的方面,硬食和软食要油腻、偏辣、少水。到了夏季,柱子和墙壁都建得高大,门窗又多又宽,地毯之类都用细棉布做的。吃的喝的味道甜美、汁水丰富。窗子旁边放上九个新水缸,装满清水,上面盖着青莲花之类。各处还装上喷水装置,让水像下雨一样流出来。巴利
Tattha vassiko pāsādo nātiucco hoti, nātinīco, dvāravātapānānipissa nātibahūni nātitanūni, bhūmattharaṇapaccattharaṇakhajjabhojjānipettha missakāneva vaṭṭanti. Hemantike thambhāpi bhittiyopi nīcā honti, dvāravātapānāni tanukāni sukhumacchiddāni, uṇhappavesanatthāya bhittiniyūhāni nīhariyanti. Bhūmattharaṇapaccattharaṇanivāsanapārupanāni panettha uṇhaviriyāni kambalādīni vaṭṭanti. Khajjabhojjaṃ siniddhaṃ kaṭukasannissitaṃ nirudakasannissitañca. Gimhike thambhāpi bhittiyopi uccā honti, dvāravātapānāni panettha bahūni vipulajātāni honti, bhūmattharaṇādīni dukūlamayāni vaṭṭanti. Khajjabhojjāni madhurasasannissitabharitāni. Vātapānasamīpesu cettha nava cāṭiyo ṭhapetvā udakassa pūretvā nīluppalādīhi sañchādenti. Tesu tesu padesesu udakayantāni karonti, yehi deve vassante viya udakadhārā nikkhamanti.
“没有男人”的意思是:没有男子在场。而且这里不只是奏乐的地方没有男人,所有地方都没有男人;守门的也是女人,做沐浴等杂活的也都是女人。据说国王想:“要是看到有人享受着这样的权势和安乐,就会让人怀疑有男人在,我可不想让我儿子碰上这种怀疑。”所以他在一切事务上都只安排女人。巴利
Nippurisehīti purisavirahitehi. Na kevalañcettha tūriyāneva nippurisāni, sabbaṭṭhānānipi nippurisāneva, dovārikāpi itthiyova, nahāpanādiparikammakarāpi itthiyova. Rājā kira – ‘‘tathārūpaṃ issariyasukhasampattiṃ anubhavamānassa purisaṃ disvā purisāsaṅkā uppajjati, sā me puttassa mā ahosī’’ti sabbakiccesu itthiyova ṭhapesīti.
年老男子的解说巴利
Jiṇṇapurisavaṇṇanā
43 在第二诵分中,“像椽子一样弯曲”是指像屋椽那样弯。“弯曲”是指在肩、腰、膝三个部位像藤蔓那样弯曲。“以杖为依靠”是指拄着拐杖走路,以拐杖为依托。“病弱”是指被衰老折磨得虚弱。“青春已逝”是指已经过了青年时期,停留在人生的最后阶段。“看见”是指:菩萨虽然被半由旬长的军队围绕,护卫安排得极为严密,行进时战车在前、军队在后,就在这样的情形下,净居天的漏尽梵天们以自己的神通力,在战车前方示现了那个人,菩萨看见了那个男子。据说净居天梵天们心想:“这位大士就像陷在泥里的象,执着于五种欲乐,我们要让他生起正念。”于是便示现了那个人。这样示现出来的形象,菩萨和御者都看见了。梵天们是为了让菩萨不放逸,也是为了让御者能参与对话,才作了这样的示现。“这又是什么?”是在问:“说‘这是个老人’,这是什么意思?贤友,我以前从没见过这样的人。”巴利
43. Dutiyabhāṇavāre gopānasivaṅkanti gopānasī viya vaṅkaṃ. Bhogganti khandhe, kaṭiyaṃ, jāṇūsūti tīsu ṭhānesu bhoggavaṅkaṃ. Daṇḍaparāyananti daṇḍagatikaṃ daṇḍapaṭisaraṇaṃ. Āturanti jarāturaṃ. Gatayobbananti atikkantayobbanaṃ pacchimavaye ṭhitaṃ. Disvāti aḍḍhayojanappamāṇena balakāyena parivuto susaṃvihitārakkhopi gacchanto yadā ratho purato hoti, pacchā balakāyo, tādise okāse suddhāvāsakhīṇāsavabrahmehi attano ānubhāvena rathassa puratova dassitaṃ, taṃ purisaṃ passitvā. Suddhāvāsā kira – ‘‘mahāpuriso paṅke gajo viya pañcasu kāmaguṇesu laggo, satimassa uppādessāmā’’ti taṃ dassesuṃ. Evaṃ dassitañca taṃ bodhisatto ceva passati sārathi ca. Brahmāno hi bodhisattassa appamādatthaṃ sārathissa ca kathāsallāpatthaṃ taṃ dassesuṃ. Kiṃ panesoti ‘‘eso jiṇṇoti kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti, nāhaṃ, bho ito pubbe evarūpaṃ addasa’’nti pucchi.
“那么”的意思是:如果连我也一定会有这样的头发、这样的身体,那么,亲爱的御者,今天就算了,游园已经够了。本来是因为想着“今天我们要去看看园林”才去的,现在心中生起悚惧,便说出了与悚惧相应的话:“今天游园已经够了。”回到后宫,指的是遣散了女众之后,独自坐在吉祥殿中。“诚然”是说:只要有那种生存在,衰老就会显现。那样的生应当被呵责、被唾弃,这真是可厌——这就是生!他坐在那里,深挖生的根源,就像被第一支箭射中了心脏一样。巴利
Tenahīti yadi mayhampi evarūpehi kesehi evarūpena ca kāyena bhavitabbaṃ, tena hi samma sārathi. Alaṃ dānajja uyyānabhūmiyāti – ‘‘ajja uyyānabhūmiṃ passissāmā’’ti gacchāma, alaṃ tāya uyyānabhūmiyāti saṃviggahadayo saṃvegānurūpamāha. Antepuraṃ gatoti itthijanaṃ vissajjetvā sirigabbhe ekakova nisinno. Yatra hi nāmāti yāya jātiyā sati jarā paññāyati, sā jāti dhiratthu dhikkatā atthu, jigucchāmetaṃ jātinti, jātiyā mūlaṃ khaṇanto nisīdi, paṭhamena sallena hadaye viddho viya.
45 国王把车夫叫来。据说,从占相师们说出预言那时起,国王就一直竖着耳朵留意消息。他听说“王子在去园林的路上折返了”,就把车夫叫来。“千万不要”等话的意思是:让他治理王国,千万别让他出家,愿那些婆罗门的话不要成真——国王心里这样盘算着。巴利
45.Sārathiṃ āmantāpetvāti rājā kira nemittakehi kathitakālato paṭṭhāya ohitasoto vicarati, so ‘‘kumāro uyyānaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge nivatto’’ti sutvā sārathiṃ āmantāpesi. Mā heva khotiādīsu rajjaṃ kāretu, mā pabbajatu, brāhmaṇānaṃ vacanaṃ mā saccaṃ hotūti evaṃ cintesīti attho.
病人的解说巴利
Byādhipurisavaṇṇanā
47 他看见了:就像前面说的那样,他看见了净居天人所化现的病人。生病,是指被那种破坏威仪、与健康相违的疾病所困。痛苦,是指被病患之苦所折磨。重病,是指病得极其严重。陷没,是指深深沉陷其中。老将显现、病将显现:在这里也一样,只要那种生还存在,老和病这两者就会显现。那样的生真是可憎!他坐着,深挖生的根源,认定“不生才是安稳”,就像被第二支箭射中了一样。巴利
47.Addasa khoti pubbe vuttanayeneva suddhāvāsehi dassitaṃ addasa. Ābādhikanti iriyāpathabhañjanakena visabhāgabādhena ābādhikaṃ. Dukkhitanti rogadukkhena dukkhitaṃ. Bāḷhagilānanti adhimattagilānaṃ. Palipannanti nimuggaṃ. Jarā paññāyissati byādhi paññāyissatīti idhāpi yāya jātiyā sati idaṃ dvayaṃ paññāyati, dhikkatā sā jāti, ajātaṃ khemanti jātiyā mūlaṃ khaṇanto nisīdi, dutiyena sallena viddho viya.
关于命终之人的描述巴利
Kālaṅkatapurisavaṇṇanā
50 Vilāta 指的是轿子,也就是棺材。Peta 指的是已经离开这里的人,也就是死者。Kālaṅkata 的意思是寿命已经结束,该活多久全都活完了、走到了尽头才死。梵天们也像前面那样把这个人显示出来。Yatra hi nāma 的意思是:在这里,只要还有生,老、病、死这三样就会显现出来;那种生应该被呵责,没有生才是安稳。他为了挖掉生的根而坐定下来,就像被第三支箭射中一样。巴利
50.Vilātanti sivikaṃ. Petanti ito paṭigataṃ. Kālaṅkatanti katakālaṃ, yattakaṃ tena kālaṃ jīvitabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ katvā niṭṭhapetvā matanti attho. Imampissa purimanayeneva brahmāno dassesuṃ. Yatra hi nāmāti idhāpi yāya jātiyā sati idaṃ tayaṃ paññāyati, dhikkatā sā jāti, ajātaṃ khemanti jātiyā mūlaṃ khaṇanto nisīdi, tatiyena sallena viddho viya.
52 Bhaṇḍu是指剃了头的人。梵天们也像前面那样把他显示给这位(菩萨)。在Sādhu dhammacariyā等语句中,应当这样理解每一个词的连接:心想“大王,这种行法的状态是善的”,因此是“出家者”。所有这些其实都只是十善业道的同义说法。最后,avihiṃsā(不害)是悲的前行,anukampā(怜愍)是慈的前行。Tenahi是表示打发人走的虚词。因为他见到出家人后,心已经倾向于出家。那时他想和出家人交谈,于是打发御者离开,说出了tena hi等话。巴利
52.Bhaṇḍunti muṇḍaṃ. Imampissa purimanayeneva brahmāno dassesuṃ. Sādhu dhammacariyātiādīsu ayaṃ deva dhammacaraṇabhāvo sādhūti cintetvā pabbajitoti evaṃ ekamekassa padassa yojanā veditabbā. Sabbāni cetāni dasakusalakammapathavevacanāneva. Avasāne pana avihiṃsāti karuṇāya pubbabhāgo. Anukampāti mettāya pubbabhāgo. Tenahīti uyyojanatthe nipāto. Pabbajitaṃ hissa disvā cittaṃ pabbajjāya ninnaṃ jātaṃ. Atha tena saddhiṃ kathetukāmo hutvā sārathiṃ uyyojento tena hītiādimāha.
菩萨出家解说巴利
Bodhisattapabbajjāvaṇṇanā
54 那时,比丘们,毗婆尸王子听了这样的法谈——既包括与在家过患相关的,如“出家者的如法之行才是好的”等等,以及许多其他内容:在家中被妻儿束缚、住处拥挤,还要被大批随从护卫;也包括与出家者远离之益相关的:以如鹿一般的心,在林中随心所欲地安住。他听了这些法谈后,生起了出家之念。那时,比丘们,毗婆尸王子吩咐御者。巴利
54.Athakho, bhikkhaveti – ‘‘pabbajitassa sādhu dhammacariyā’’tiādīni ca aññañca bahuṃ mahājanakāyena rakkhiyamānassa puttadārasambādhe ghare vasato ādīnavapaṭisaṃyuttañceva migabhūtena cetasā yathāsukhaṃ vane vasato pabbajitassa vivekānisaṃsapaṭisaṃyuttañca dhammiṃ kathaṃ sutvā pabbajitukāmo hutvā – atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro sārathiṃ āmantesi.
看到这四种相之后出家,这本来就是一切菩萨的家族传统、世代相传的惯例。其他菩萨也像这位毗婆尸王子一样,要经过很久很久才能见到这四种相。但我们的菩萨却是在同一天之内就见到了全部四种相,于是作出大出离,在阿诺玛河畔出家。正因如此,他到了王舍城之后,频婆娑罗王问他:“智者,你为什么要出家?”他回答说:巴利
Imāni cattāri disvā pabbajitaṃ nāma sabbabodhisattānaṃ vaṃsova tantiyeva paveṇīyeva. Aññepi ca bodhisattā yathā ayaṃ vipassī kumāro, evaṃ cirassaṃ cirassaṃ passanti. Amhākaṃ pana bodhisatto cattāripi ekadivasaṃyeva disvā mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā anomānadītīre pabbajito. Teneva rājagahaṃ patvā tattha raññā bimbisārena – ‘‘kimatthaṃ, paṇḍita, pabbajitosīti’’ puṭṭho āha –
看见衰老的人,也看见受苦的人和生病的人,
看到有人死去,寿命已经终结;
看到穿着袈裟的出家人,
所以,大王,我出家了。巴利
‘‘Jiṇṇañca disvā dukhitañca byādhitaṃ, Matañca disvā gatamāyusaṅkhayaṃ; Kāsāyavatthaṃ pabbajitañca disvā, Tasmā ahaṃ pabbajitomhi rājā’’ti.
大众随从出家的注释巴利
Mahājanakāyaanupabbajjāvaṇṇanā
55 听了他们的话:那八万四千人听了以后,心里这样想。“低劣”:就是差劲、下等。“随出家”:就是跟着出家。可是这里为什么不像后面讲剑达帝须等人随出家时那样说“从邦都摩提王城出去以后”呢?因为他们是出去以后才听到的。据说这些人全都是毗婆尸王子的侍从。他们清早来侍候,没见到王子,就去吃早饭,吃完回来问:“王子在哪里?”听说“去了园林那边”,就想:“我们就在那里见他吧。”于是出城。他们看见御者正往回走,听到御者说“王子已经出家了”,就在听到的地方把身上的装饰全都卸下,让人从市场拿来袈裟色的布,剃掉头发和胡须,出家了。也就是说,他们是从城里出去、在城外才听到这件事的,所以这里没有说“从邦都摩提王城出去以后”。巴利
55.Sutvāna tesanti tesaṃ caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ sutvā etadahosi. Orakoti ūnako lāmako. Anupabbajiṃsūti anupabbajitāni . Kasmā panettha yathā parato khaṇḍatissānaṃ anupabbajjāya – ‘‘bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā nikkhamitvā’’ti vuttaṃ, evaṃ na vuttanti? Nikkhamitvā sutattā. Ete kira sabbepi vipassissa kumārassa upaṭṭhākaparisāva, te pātova upaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā kumāraṃ adisvā pātarāsatthāya gantvā bhuttapātarāsā āgamma ‘‘kuhiṃ kumāro’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘uyyānabhūmiṃ gato’’ti sutvā ‘‘tattheva naṃ dakkhissāmā’’ti nikkhamantā nivattamānaṃ sārathiṃ disvā – ‘‘kumāro pabbajito’’ti cassa vacanaṃ sutvā sutaṭṭhāneyeva sabbābharaṇāni omuñcitvā antarāpaṇato kāsāvapītāni vatthāni āharāpetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā pabbajiṃsu. Iti nagarato nikkhamitvā bahinagare sutattā ettha – ‘‘bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā nikkhamitvā’’ti na vuttaṃ.
所谓游行,就是每到一个地方,人们搭起大帐篷、备好布施,他前来后,接受那些邀请他第二天应供的人所请求的饭食,只接受所请求的饭食,就这样游行四个月。巴利
Cārikaṃcaratīti gatagataṭṭhāne mahāmaṇḍapaṃ katvā dānaṃ sajjetvā āgamma svātanāya nimantito janassa āyācitabhikkhameva paṭiggaṇhanto cattāro māse cārikaṃ cari.
“杂沓”是指被这群人围绕着。那么,菩萨的这个想法是什么时候生起的呢?在十四日那天,他想到:“明天就是卫塞月圆日了。”据说那时他心想:“从前我在家时,这些人就这样围着我转,现在还是这样,我要这么多人干什么?”他对人群聚集感到厌烦,想道:“今天就走。”接着又想:“今天不是时候,如果我现在走,他们全都会知道,还是明天走吧。”那天,在一个像优楼频螺村那样的村子里,村民们邀请他们明天来应供。他们为那八万四千位出家众和这位大人准备了乳粥。第二天,大人和那些出家众在那个村子里用完斋饭后,回到了住处。在那里,那些出家众侍奉完大人后,各自回到自己的夜间住处和白天住处。菩萨也走进叶屋,坐了下来。巴利
Ākiṇṇoti iminā gaṇena parivuto. Ayaṃ pana vitakko bodhisattassa kadā uppannoti? Sve visākhapuṇṇamā bhavissatīti cātuddasīdivase. Tadā kira so – ‘‘yatheva maṃ ime pubbe gihibhūtaṃ parivāretvā caranti, idānipi tatheva, kiṃ iminā gaṇenā’’ti gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya ukkaṇṭhitvā ‘‘ajjeva gacchāmī’’ti cintetvā puna ‘‘ajja avelā, sace idāni gamissāmi, sabbeva ime jānissanti, sveva gamissāmī’’ti cintesi. Taṃ divasañca uruvelagāmasadise gāme gāmavāsino svātanāya nimantayiṃsu. Te caturāsītisahassānampi tesaṃ pabbajitānaṃ mahāpurisassa ca pāyāsameva paṭiyādayiṃsu. Atha mahāpuriso punadivase tasmiṃyeva gāme tehi pabbajitehi saddhiṃ bhattakiccaṃ katvā vasanaṭṭhānameva agamāsi. Tattha te pabbajitā mahāpurisassa vattaṃ dassetvā attano attano rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānāni paviṭṭhā. Bodhisattopi paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā nisinno.
正午时分,鸟儿们都安静下来栖息的时候;
大森林发出巨响,那恐惧便在我心中显现。巴利
‘‘Ṭhite majjhanhike kāle, sannisīvesu pakkhisu; Saṇateva brahāraññaṃ, taṃ bhayaṃ paṭibhāti ma’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.15);
像这样乐于群居的人,在恐怖之时,当一切众生都心怀恐惧的时候,他心想“就是现在了”,便从叶屋出来,关上门,朝菩提座的方向走去。以前他游历那个地方时也见过菩提座,但心里从来没有生起过要坐上去的念头。可是那一天,他的智慧已经成熟,所以看到庄严装饰的菩提座后,便生起了登座之心。他从南侧走近,右绕之后,在东侧铺好了一个十四肘长的结跏趺座,决意提起四支精进,立下誓言:“只要还没有成佛,我就绝不从这座上起来。”然后坐了下来。这里说的就是他的独处,因此才说“他独自一人,远离群体而住”。巴利
Evarūpe avivekārāmānaṃ bhayakāle sabbasattānaṃ sadarathakāleyeva – ‘‘ayaṃ kālo’’ti nikkhamitvā paṇṇasālāya dvāraṃ pidahitvā bodhimaṇḍābhimukho pāyāsi. Aññadāpi ca tasmiṃ ṭhāne vicaranto bodhimaṇḍaṃ passati, nisīdituṃ panassa cittaṃ na namitapubbaṃ. Taṃ divasaṃ panassa ñāṇaṃ paripākagataṃ, tasmā alaṅkataṃ bodhimaṇḍaṃ disvā ārohanatthāya cittaṃ uppannaṃ. So dakkhiṇadisābhāgena upagamma padakkhiṇaṃ katvā puratthimadisābhāge cuddasahatthaṃ pallaṅkaṃ paññapetvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā – ‘‘yāva buddho na homi, na tāva ito vuṭṭhahāmī’’ti paṭiññaṃ katvā nisīdi. Idamassa vūpakāsaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘ekova gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭho vihāsī’’ti vuttaṃ.
他们说“以别的方式”,据说是因为:那些人在傍晚来到菩萨的住处,围着叶屋坐下后,说:“时间已经很晚了,你们要注意。”然后打开叶屋,虽然没看见菩萨,却也没有追问“他去哪儿了”,而是说:“这位大士大概是厌倦了与众人共住,想要独自居住吧。我们只有等他成佛之后才能见到他了。”说完,他们就朝着赡部洲腹地的方向游方去了。巴利
Aññenevatānīti te kira sāyaṃ bodhisattassa upaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā paṇṇasālaṃ parivāretvā nisinnā ‘‘ativikālo jāto, upadhārethā’’ti vatvā paṇṇasālaṃ vivaritvā taṃ apassantāpi ‘‘kuhiṃ gato’’ti nānubandhiṃsu, ‘‘gaṇavāse nibbinno eko viharitukāmo maññe mahāpuriso, buddhabhūtaṃyeva naṃ passissāmā’’ti vatvā antojambudīpābhimukhā cārikaṃ pakkantā.
菩萨执着的注释巴利
Bodhisattaabhivesavaṇṇanā
57 “已入住住处”是指在菩提座上住了一夜。“已到独处”是指到了僻静的地方。“已独居静修”是指以单独一人的状态而安住。“困苦”就是苦。“死去又再生”这两句,则是就一次又一次的死与结生而说的。“于老死”这里:因为他出家时只看到衰老和疾病,所以老死就显现在他面前。因此说“于老死”。这样,以老死为根本而深入观察,就像从有顶往下探究一样——那时,比丘们,毘婆尸菩萨心中生起了这样的念头。巴利
57.Vāsūpagatassāti bodhimaṇḍe ekarattivāsaṃ upagatassa. Rahogatassāti rahasi gatassa. Paṭisallīnassāti ekībhāvavasena nilīnassa. Kicchanti dukkhaṃ. Cavati ca upapajjati cāti idaṃ dvayaṃ pana aparāparaṃ cutipaṭisandhiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Jarāmaraṇassāti ettha yasmā pabbajanto jiṇṇabyādhimatteyeva disvā pabbajito, tasmāssa jarāmaraṇameva upaṭṭhāti. Tenevāha – ‘‘jarāmaraṇassā’’ti. Iti jarāmaraṇaṃ mūlaṃ katvā abhiniviṭṭhassa bhavaggato otarantassa viya – atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi.
所谓“如理作意”,就是有方法的作意、途径的作意。因为把无常等当作无常等来作意时,这就叫作“如理作意”。而这里说的这种作意——以生灭随观的方式运作,思考“到底有什么存在时,生等才存在?有什么不存在时,它们就不存在?”——就是它们当中的一种。因此,由于这种如理作意,也就是这种有方法的作意,他获得了以慧通达。菩萨的慧,在有什么存在时才有老死,便与那个老死之因相会合了。那是什么呢?就是“生”。所以说:“有生时,才有老死。”这里的意思是:把握老死之因的那种慧,与菩萨相会合了。按照这个方法,应当了知所有句子。巴利
Yonisomanasikārāti upāyamanasikārā pathamanasikārā. Aniccādīni hi aniccāditova manasikaroto yonisomanasikāro nāma hoti. Ayañca – ‘‘kismiṃ nu kho satijātiādīni honti, kismiṃ asati na hontī’’ti udayabbayānupassanāvasena pavattattā tesaṃ aññataro . Tasmāssa ito yonisomanasikārā iminā upāyamanasikārena ahu paññāya abhisamayo, bodhisattassa paññāya yasmiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, tena jarāmaraṇakāraṇena saddhiṃ samāgamo ahosi. Kiṃ pana tanti? Jāti. Tenāha – ‘‘jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotī’’ti. Yā cāyaṃ jarāmaraṇassa kāraṇapariggāhikā paññā, tāya saddhiṃ bodhisattassa samāgamo ahosīti ayamettha attho. Etenupāyena sabbapadāni veditabbāni.
在“名色存在时则有识”这一句中,本来应该说“诸行存在时则有识”,以及“无明存在时则有诸行”,但这两者都没有被采用。为什么呢?因为无明和诸行属于过去的存在,而这里的观照并不与它们连接。因为大士是依当前(现在)而专注投入的。难道没有见到无明和诸行,就不能成佛吗?确实不能。不过,通过这里的观察,他是以有、取、爱的方式见到了它们。在这个地方,应当详细讲述缘起之法,而这一点在《清净道论》中已经讲过了。巴利
Nāmarūpe kho sati viññāṇanti ettha pana saṅkhāresu sati viññāṇanti ca, avijjāya sati saṅkhārāti ca vattabbaṃ bhaveyya, tadubhayampi na gahitaṃ. Kasmā? Avijjāsaṅkhārā hi atīto bhavo tehi saddhiṃ ayaṃ vipassanā na ghaṭiyati. Mahāpuriso hi paccuppannavasena abhiniviṭṭhoti. Nanu ca avijjāsaṅkhārehi adiṭṭhehi na sakkā buddhena bhavitunti. Saccaṃ na sakkā, iminā pana te bhavaupādānataṇhāvaseneva diṭṭhāti. Imasmiṃ ṭhāne vitthārato paṭiccasamuppādakathā kathetabbā. Sā panesā visuddhimagge kathitāva.
58 “回转”就是折返、退回来。那么,这里是什么在回转呢?是结生识和观智。其中,结生识是从缘的方面折返,观智是从所缘的方面折返。两者都超不出名色,不会越过名色再往前去。到此为止,在“或生起……或再生”等说法中,当识是名色的缘、名色也是识的缘,两者互为缘时,就只在这个范围内或生起……或再生。除此之外,还有什么别的可生起、可再生的呢?难道不正是这个在生起、在再生吗?这样,连同前后相续的死与结生,指出五句之后,又为了把“到此为止”所说的义理交付出来,说道:“也就是名色缘识,识缘名色。”此后,为了依随顺缘的方式,说明以识为缘的名色根本乃至未来世的生老死,便说“名色缘六处”等。其中,“唯是纯大苦蕴的集起”,是说生、老、死、愁、叹、苦、忧、恼等类别的整个苦蕴生起。如此,大士见到了整个轮回之苦的生起。巴利
58.Paccudāvattatīti paṭinivattati. Katamaṃ panettha viññāṇaṃ paccudāvattatīti? Paṭisandhiviññāṇampi vipassanāñāṇampi. Tattha paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ paccayato paṭinivattati, vipassanāñāṇaṃ ārammaṇato. Ubhayampi nāmarūpaṃ nātikkamati, nāmarūpato paraṃ na gacchati. Ettāvatā jāyetha vātiādīsu viññāṇe nāmarūpassa paccaye honte, nāmarūpe ca viññāṇassa paccaye honte, dvīsupi aññamaññapaccayesu hontesu ettakena jāyetha vā…pe… upapajjetha vā, ito hi paraṃ kiṃ aññaṃ jāyeyya vā…pe… upapajjeyya vā. Nanu etadeva jāyati ca…pe… upapajjati cāti? Evaṃ saddhiṃ aparāparacutipaṭisandhīhi pañca padāni dassetvā puna taṃ ettāvatāti vuttamatthaṃ niyyātento – ‘‘yadidaṃ nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti vatvā tato paraṃ anulomapaccayākāravasena viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpamūlaṃ āyatimpi jātijarāmaraṇaṃ dassetuṃ nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanantiādimāha. Tattha kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotīti sakalassa jātijarāmaraṇasokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsādibhedassa dukkharāsissa nibbatti hoti. Iti mahāpuriso sakalassa vaṭṭadukkhassa nibbattiṃ addasa.
59 “集起、集起”就是“生起、生起”的意思。“于前未曾闻”就是在先前未闻之法中、非于已闻者,而是于未曾闻过的意思。“眼生起”等句中,是以观见生起的智慧来说的。以能见的含义称为眼,以能知的含义称为智,以了知的含义称为慧,以穿透、通达而生的含义称为明,以照耀的含义称为光。正如所说:“眼生起,是以能见的含义。智生起,是以所知的含义。慧生起,是以了知的含义。明生起,是以通达的含义。光生起,是以照耀的含义。眼法是以能见的含义为义理。智法是以所知的含义为义理。慧法是以了知的含义为义理。明法是以通达的含义为义理。光法是以照耀的含义为义理。”用这些词句说明了什么呢?只是说明了了知“此有故彼有”的缘的了知而已。或者说,这阐述的是行道阶段的稚嫩观。巴利
59.Samudayosamudayoti khoti nibbatti nibbattīti kho. Pubbe ananussutesūti na anussutesu assutapubbesu. Cakkhuṃ udapādītiādīsu udayadassanapaññāvesā. Dassanaṭṭhena cakkhu, ñātakaraṇaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā, nibbijjhitvā paṭivijjhitvā uppannaṭṭhena vijjā, obhāsaṭṭhena ca ālokoti vuttā. Yathāha – ‘‘cakkhuṃ udapādīti dassanaṭṭhena. Ñāṇaṃ udapādīti ñātaṭṭhena. Paññā udapādīti pajānanaṭṭhena. Vijjā udapādīti paṭivedhaṭṭhena. Āloko udapādīti obhāsaṭṭhena. Cakkhudhammo dassanaṭṭho attho. Ñāṇadhammo ñātaṭṭho attho. Paññādhammo pajānanaṭṭho attho. Vijjādhammo paṭivedhaṭṭho attho. Āloko dhammo obhāsaṭṭho attho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 2.39). Ettakehi padehi kiṃ kathitanti? Imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hotīti paccayasañjānanamattaṃ kathitaṃ. Athavā vīthipaṭipannā taruṇavipassanā kathitāti.
61 我已经证得了这个。这里说的“道”,是指观道。“为了觉悟”,是为了觉悟四圣谛,或者也可以说是为了觉悟涅槃。另外,能觉悟就叫做“菩提”,这是圣道的名称,所以也可以说是“为了这个目的”。因为圣道是以观道为根本的。现在为了指出这条道,经文接着说“也就是名色灭”等等。在这里,“识灭”等各个词说的就是涅槃。这样,这位大士见到了整个轮回之苦的不生起、即灭尽。巴利
61.Adhigato kho myāyanti adhigato kho me ayaṃ. Maggoti vipassanāmaggo. Bodhāyāti catusaccabujjhanatthāya, nibbānabujjhanatthāya eva vā. Api ca bujjhatīti bodhi, ariyamaggassetaṃ nāmaṃ, tadatthāyātipi vuttaṃ hoti. Vipassanāmaggamūlako hi ariyamaggoti. Idāni taṃ maggaṃ niyyātento – ‘‘yadidaṃ nāmarūpanirodhātiādimāha. Ettha ca viññāṇanirodhotiādīhi paccattapadehi nibbānameva kathitaṃ. Iti mahāpuriso sakalassa vaṭṭadukkhassa anibbattinirodhaṃ addasa.
62 灭,灭:意思就是不生起,不生起。眼等词句和前面所说的一样。不过在这里,用所有这些词句,只是以“这个不存在时,那个就不存在”的方式,说明对灭的认知;或者说,这是在讲导向出起的强有力的观。巴利
62.Nirodho nirodhoti khoti anibbatti anibbattiti kho. Cakkhuntiādīni vuttatthāneva. Idha pana sabbeheva etehi padehi – ‘‘imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hotī’’ti nirodhasañjānanamattameva kathitaṃ, athavā vuṭṭhānagāminī balavavipassanā kathitāti.
63 “后时”是指:这样了解了缘和缘的灭之后,在那之后的阶段。“取蕴”是指:作为取的缘的诸蕴。“以生灭随观”是指:随观着先前已见到的那种生和灭。“安住”是指:他安住于已达顶点的出起观中。为什么这样说呢?因为一切圆满波罗蜜的菩萨,在最后一生中,都在儿子出生的那一天离俗出家,行了大出离;出家后精勤修习;登上菩提座,摧破魔军;于初夜随念宿住,中夜获得清净天眼,后夜思惟缘起;随后从出入息念的第四禅那出定,将心专注于五蕴,以生灭的方式见到五十种相,增长观智乃至种姓智,以圣道证悟一切佛的功德。这位大士同样是圆满波罗蜜的人。他依照上述次第完成这一切之后,于后夜从出入息念第四禅那出定,将心置于五蕴,开始了如前所说的生灭随观。正是为了显示这一点,才这样说。巴利
63.Aparena samayenāti evaṃ paccayañca paccayanirodhañca viditvā tato aparabhāge. Upādānakkhandhesūti upādānassa paccayabhūtesu khandhesu. Udayabbayānupassīti tameva paṭhamaṃ diṭṭhaṃ udayañca vayañca anupassamāno. Vihāsīti sikhāpattaṃ vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanaṃ vahanto vihari. Idaṃ kasmā vuttaṃ? Sabbeyeva hi pūritapāramino bodhisattā pacchimabhave puttassa jātadivase mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbajitvā padhānamanuyuñjitvā bodhipallaṅkamāruyha mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussaranti, dutiyayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhenti, tatiyayāme paccayākāraṃ sammasitvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānato uṭṭhāya pañcasu khandhesu abhinivisitvā udayabbayavasena samapaññāsa lakkhaṇāni disvā yāva gotrabhuñāṇā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā ariyamaggena sakale buddhaguṇe paṭivijjhanti. Ayampi mahāpuriso pūritapāramī. So yathāvuttaṃ sabbaṃ anukkamaṃ katvā pacchimayāme ānāpānacatutthajjhānato uṭṭhāya pañcasu khandhesu abhinivisitvā vuttappakāraṃ udayabbayavipassanaṃ ārabhi. Taṃ dassetuṃ idaṃ vuttaṃ.
在这里,“这是色”的意思是:这就是色,色的范围就这么多,超出这个之外就没有色了。这是从色的坏灭本性,以及大种和所造色的分类等开始,通过特相、作用、现起、近因这几个方面,把一切色毫无遗漏地整体把握来说的。“这是色的集起”这句话,则是说对这样整体把握的色,去见到它的集起。这里的“这是”就是“这样集起”的意思。它的详细展开应当这样理解:“由无明集起而有色的集起,由渴爱集起而有色的集起,由业集起而有色的集起,由食集起而有色的集起”——见到生起特相的人,也就见到了色蕴的生起。在灭方面也是如此:“由无明灭而有色的灭……乃至见到变易特相的人,也就见到了色蕴的灭。”这就是它在这里的详细展开。巴利
Tattha iti rūpanti idaṃ rūpaṃ, ettakaṃ rūpaṃ, ito uddhaṃ rūpaṃ natthīti ruppanasabhāvañceva bhūtupādāyabhedañca ādiṃ katvā lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānavasena anavasesarūpapariggaho vutto. Iti rūpassa samudayoti iminā evaṃ pariggahitassa rūpassa samudayadassanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha itīti evaṃ samudayo hotīti attho. Tassa vitthāro – ‘‘avijjāsamudayā rūpasamudayo, taṇhāsamudayā rūpasamudayo, kammasamudayā rūpasamudayo, āhārasamudayā rūpasamudayoti, nibbattilakkhaṇaṃ passantopi rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ passatī’’ti evaṃ veditabbo. Atthaṅgamepi ‘‘avijjānirodhā rūpanirodho…pe… vipariṇāmalakkhaṇaṃ passantopi rūpakkhandhassa nirodhaṃ passatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.50) ayamassa vitthāro.
在“这是受”等解说中也是这样:这是受,受只有这么多,除此之外再没有别的受;这是想,这些是行,这是识,识只有这么多,除此之外再没有别的识。这是以感受、识别、造作、了别的自性,并以乐受等、色想等、触等、眼识等种种分类为起点,通过相、味、现起、足处,把一切受、想、行、识毫无遗漏地整体把握了。“这是受的集起”等语句,则是说对这样整体把握的受、想、行、识,去观察它们的集起。其中的“iti”,意思就是“这样集起”。它们的详细展开,也应像讲色蕴时所说的那样来理解,即“由无明集起而有受集起”等。不过这里有一点不同:在受、想、行三蕴中,不应说“由食集起”,而应说“由触集起”;在识蕴中,则应说“由名色集起”。灭的语句也应按各自的情况相应配合。这是此处的简略说明,而关于生灭的详细抉择,在《清净道论》中已按一切方面完整阐明。当那位修观的菩萨在这些色等五取蕴上,以五十种相随观生灭而安住时,他的观智依次增长,那些名为漏的烦恼因不再生起而息灭,他的心便不执取、不抓取,从而解脱。这在道刹那称为“解脱”,在果刹那称为“已解脱”;或者说,在道刹那既是“已解脱”也是“正在解脱”,在果刹那则只是“已解脱”。巴利
Iti vedanātiādīsupi ayaṃ vedanā, ettakā vedanā, ito uddhaṃ vedanā natthi. Ayaṃ saññā, ime saṅkhārā, idaṃ viññāṇaṃ, ettakaṃ viññāṇaṃ, ito uddhaṃ viññāṇaṃ natthīti vedayitasañjānanaabhisaṅkharaṇavijānanasabhāvañceva sukhādirūpasaññādi phassādi cakkhuviññāṇādi bhedañca ādiṃ katvā lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānavasena anavasesavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇapariggaho vutto. Iti vedanāya samudayotiādīhi pana evaṃ pariggahitānaṃ vedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇānaṃ samudayadassanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tatrāpi itīti evaṃ samudayo hotīti attho. Tesampi vitthāro – ‘‘avijjāsamudayā vedanāsamudayo’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.50) rūpe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – tīsu khandhesu ‘‘āhārasamudayā’’ti avatvā ‘‘phassasamudayā’’ti vattabbaṃ. Viññāṇakkhandhe ‘‘nāmarūpasamudayā’’ti atthaṅgamapadampi tesaṃyeva vasena yojetabbaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana udayabbayavinicchayo sabbākāraparipūro visuddhimagge vutto. Tassa pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharatoti tassa vipassissa bodhisattassa imesu rūpādīsu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu samapaññāsalakkhaṇavasena udayabbayānupassino viharato yathānukkamena vaḍḍhite vipassanāñāṇe anuppādanirodhena nirujjhamānehi āsavasaṅkhātehi kilesehi anupādāya aggahetvāva cittaṃ vimuccati, tadetaṃ maggakkhaṇe vimuccati nāma, phalakkhaṇe vimuttaṃ nāma; maggakkhaṇe vā vimuttañceva vimuccati ca, phalakkhaṇe vimuttameva.
到这个时候,这位大丈夫已经彻底摆脱了一切束缚,他的心相续就像被阳光照到的莲花一样完全绽放。他把四道智、四果智、四无碍解、判定四生的智、判定五趣的智、六种不共智,以及一切佛功德都掌握在手中,心愿圆满,就坐在菩提座上——巴利
Ettāvatā ca mahāpuriso sabbabandhanā vippamutto sūriyarasmisamphuṭṭhamiva padumaṃ suvikasitacittasantāno cattāri maggañāṇāni, cattāri phalañāṇāni, catasso paṭisambhidā, catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ, pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ, cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni, sakale ca buddhaguṇe hatthagate katvā paripuṇṇasaṅkappo bodhipallaṅke nisinnova –
我曾在无数次的生死轮回中不断流转,却始终找不到出路。
寻找造屋者,生是苦,一再又一再。
造屋的人,我已经看见你了,你不会再造房子了。
你的椽子全都断了,屋脊也被摧毁了。
心已进入无造作的状态,抵达了渴爱的灭尽。
就像被铁锤击打而炽热燃烧的火;
一个逐渐平息下来的火,它的去向如何,是没法被了知的。
如是,那些得正解脱、度越欲缚之瀑流者,
已经到达不动之乐的人,没有办法指出他们去了哪里。巴利
‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ; Gahakāraṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ. Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi; Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ; Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti. (dha. pa. 153, 154); ‘‘Ayoghanahatasseva, jalato jātavedaso; Anupubbūpasantassa, yathā na ñāyate gati. Evaṃ sammāvimuttānaṃ, kāmabandhoghatārinaṃ; Paññāpetuṃ gati natthi, pattānaṃ acalaṃ sukha’’nti. (udā. 80);
像这样作意时,他就如同秋天的太阳,又如同满月,光明照耀。巴利
Evaṃ manasi karonto sarade sūriyo viya, puṇṇacando viya ca virocitthāti.
梵天劝请故事的注释巴利
Brahmayācanakathāvaṇṇanā
64 在第三诵分中,“我是否应当为众生说法”这句话,意思是:假如我要去教导法。那么,这个思惟是什么时候生起的呢?是在成佛之后的第八个七日。据说,他成佛之后,在菩提座上坐了七日;又站着注视菩提座七日;在宝经行处经行了七日;在宝屋中思维法义而坐了七日;在阿阇波罗榕树下坐了七日;在目支邻陀树下坐了七日;在王园树下坐了七日。他从那里起身,到第八个七日又回到阿阇波罗榕树下,刚刚坐下,一切佛陀所惯常生起的这个思惟,以及紧接其后的那个思惟,就生起了。巴利
64. Tatiyabhāṇavāre yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyanti yadi panāhaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ. Ayaṃ pana vitakko kadā uppannoti? Buddhabhūtassa aṭṭhame sattāhe. So kira buddho hutvā sattāhaṃ bodhipallaṅke nisīdi, sattāhaṃ bodhipallaṅkaṃ olokento aṭṭhāsi, sattāhaṃ ratanacaṅkame caṅkami, sattāhaṃ ratanagabbhe dhammaṃ vicinanto nisīdi, sattāhaṃ ajapālanigrodhe nisīdi, sattāhaṃ mucalinde nisīdi, sattāhaṃ rājāyatane nisīdi. Tato uṭṭhāya aṭṭhame sattāhe puna āgantvā ajapālanigrodhe nisinnamattasseva sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇasamāciṇṇo ayañceva ito anantaro ca vitakko uppannoti.
这里,“已证得”就是已通达、已亲证。“法”指四圣谛之法。“甚深”这句话,是为了否定它是浅显的。“难见”:正因为甚深,所以难见,必须艰难地才能见到,不可能轻轻松松就见到。正因为难见,所以难觉,必须艰难地才能觉悟,不可能轻轻松松就觉悟。“寂静”指已般涅槃。“殊胜”指不会带来热恼。这两个词都是针对出世间法而说的。“非寻思所能行境”:意思是不能用逻辑推理去涉入、去深入,只能靠智慧去了达。“微妙”就是细密。“唯智者所证知”:唯有已践行正道的智者才能证知。“乐阿赖耶”:众生执著于五种欲乐,因此称它们为阿赖耶。一百零八种渴爱行境执著,因此称它们为阿赖耶。他们乐于那些阿赖耶,所以是“乐阿赖耶”。乐于阿赖耶中,所以是“乐住阿赖耶”。在阿赖耶中极其欢喜,所以是“极喜阿赖耶”。正如一位国王进入一座布置精美、长满花果树木等具足庄严的园林,因种种丰盛而享乐,欢喜、愉悦,不厌倦,傍晚也不想离开,同样,这些众生也因欲阿赖耶和渴爱阿赖耶而享乐,在轮回流转中欢喜、不厌倦地住着。因此,世尊为了给他们显示这两种阿赖耶犹如园林一般,而说了“乐阿赖耶”等语。巴利
Tattha adhigatoti paṭividdho. Dhammoti catusaccadhammo. Gambhīroti uttānabhāvapaṭikkhepavacanametaṃ. Duddasoti gambhīrattāva duddaso dukkhena daṭṭhabbo, na sakkā sukhena daṭṭhuṃ. Duddasattāva duranubodho dukkhena avabujjhitabbo, na sakkā sukhena avabujjhituṃ. Santoti nibbuto. Paṇītoti atappako. Idaṃ dvayaṃ lokuttarameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Atakkāvacaroti takkena avacaritabbo ogāhitabbo na hoti, ñāṇeneva avacaritabbo. Nipuṇoti saṇho. Paṇḍitavedanīyoti sammāpaṭipadaṃ paṭipannehi paṇḍitehi veditabbo. Ālayarāmāti sattā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu allīyanti, tasmā te ālayāti vuccanti. Aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritāni ālayanti, tasmā ālayāti vuccanti. Tehi ālayehi ramantīti ālayarāmā. Ālayesu ratāti ālayaratā. Ālayesu suṭṭhu muditāti ālayasammuditā. Yatheva hi susajjitaṃ pupphaphalabharitarukkhādisampannaṃ uyyānaṃ paviṭṭho rājā tāya tāya sampattiyā ramati, pamudito āmodito hoti, na ukkaṇṭhati, sāyaṃ nikkhamituṃ na icchati, evamimehipi kāmālayataṇhālayehi sattā ramanti, saṃsāravaṭṭe pamuditā anukkaṇṭhitā vasanti. Tena nesaṃ bhagavā duvidhampi ālayaṃ uyyānabhūmiṃ viya dassento – ‘‘ālayarāmā’’tiādimāha.
“Yadidaṃ”是一个小品词。要结合它的语境来理解:就“yaṃ idaṃ”(这个)而言,是就缘起来说;就“yo ayaṃ”(这个)而言,也是就缘起来说。应当这样把握它的意思。“此缘性缘起”:这些缘就叫此缘,此缘本身就是此缘性,此缘性也就是缘起,所以叫此缘性缘起。这是对无明等作为行等之缘的称呼。“一切行的寂止”等语,全部指的就是涅槃。因为依靠它,一切行的躁动才得以寂止、平息,所以称为“一切行的寂止”。又因为依靠它,一切执取都被舍离,一切渴爱都灭尽,一切烦恼贪染都离染,一切苦都灭尽,所以称为“一切执取的舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离染、灭”。而那渴爱,因为它把有和有连在一起,或者把业和果连在一起,编织、缠结起来,所以称为“编织”。从这编织中出离,就是涅槃。“那会成为我的疲劳”:意思是,对不了解的人说法,那会成为我的疲劳,会成为我的困扰。这是说身体的疲劳和身体的困扰;但在佛陀心中,这两者都不存在。巴利
Yadidanti nipāto, tassa ṭhānaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘yaṃ ida’’nti, paṭiccasamuppādaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘yo aya’’nti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādoti imesaṃ paccayā idappaccayā, idappaccayā eva idappaccayatā, idappaccayatā ca sā paṭiccasamuppādo cāti idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo. Saṅkhārādipaccayānaṃ avijjādīnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sabbasaṅkhārasamathotiādi sabbaṃ nibbānameva. Yasmā hi taṃ āgamma sabbasaṅkhāravipphanditāni sammanti vūpasammanti tasmā – ‘‘sabbasaṅkhārasamatho’’ti vuccati. Yasmā ca taṃ āgamma sabbe upadhayo paṭinissaṭṭhā honti, sabbā taṇhā khīyanti , sabbe kilesarāgā virajjanti, sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nirujjhati, tasmā ‘‘sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho’’ti vuccati. Sā panesā taṇhā bhavena bhavaṃ, phalena vā saddhiṃ kammaṃ vinati saṃsibbatīti katvā vānanti vuccati. Tato vānato nikkhantanti nibbānaṃ. So mamassa kilamathoti yā ajānantānaṃ desanā nāma, so mama kilamatho assa, sā mama vihesā assāti attho. Kāyakilamatho ceva kāyavihesā ca assāti vuttaṃ hoti, citte pana ubhayampetaṃ buddhānaṃ natthi.
65 Apissu 是一个起强调作用的小品词。它说明:不只是这个想法生起了,就连这些偈颂也显现了出来。在“毗婆尸”等语句中,意思是:毗婆尸世尊、阿罗汉、正等正觉者的。“随顺奇特”就是随顺绝妙。“显现”是指:它们成了被称为辩才的智的行境,达到了可以被思量的地步。巴利
65.Apissūti anubrūhanatthe nipāto. So – ‘‘na kevalaṃ etadahosi, imāpi gāthā paṭibhaṃsū’’ti dīpeti. Vipassintiādīsu vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassāti attho. Anacchariyāti anuacchariyā. Paṭibhaṃsūti paṭibhānasaṅkhātassa ñāṇassa gocarā ahesuṃ, parivitakkayitabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.
“艰难地”:是指辛苦地,而不是指苦行道。因为诸佛的四道都是乐行道。不过,这是就圆满波罗蜜的时期而言:那时他还有贪嗔痴,面对来来去去的乞求者,把装饰打扮好的头砍下来,割开喉咙取出鲜血,挖出涂了锑彩的眼睛,布施作为家族明灯的儿子、言行合意的妻子等等;在忍辱仙人等类似的生命形态中遭受割截等痛苦时,就是针对这种来处之道而说的。这里的“halaṃ”中,“ha”只是小品词,意思是“足够”。“令开显”:就是教导。意思是:如此艰难证得的法,已足够去教导了;教导了又有什么意义呢?“被贪嗔所败”:指被贪嗔所触、被贪嗔所随逐。巴利
Kicchenāti dukkhena, na dukkhāya paṭipadāya. Buddhānañhi cattāropi maggā sukhapaṭipadāva honti. Pāramīpūraṇakāle pana sarāgasadosasamohasseva sato āgatāgatānaṃ yācakānaṃ alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ sīsaṃ chinditvā galalohitaṃ nīharitvā suañjitāni akkhīni uppāṭetvā kulavaṃsapadīpakaṃ puttaṃ manāpacāriniṃ bhariyanti evamādīni dentassa aññāni ca khantivādisadisesu attabhāvesu chejjabhejjādīni pāpuṇantassa āgamanīyapaṭipadaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Halanti ettha hakāro nipātamatto, alanti attho. Pakāsitunti desetuṃ; evaṃ kicchena adhigatassa dhammassa alaṃ desetuṃ; ko attho desitenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Rāgadosaparetehīti rāgadosaphuṭṭhehi rāgadosānugatehi vā.
“逆流而行”是指逆着常等之流,趋向无常、苦、无我、不净这样四种真实法。“被贪染著”是指被欲贪、有贪、见贪所染著。“他们将不见”是指他们无法以无常、苦、无我、不净这样的真实本质去看;他们尚且不见,谁又能让他们这样执取呢?“被黑暗蕴所覆”是指被无明堆积所覆盖。巴利
Paṭisotagāminti niccādīnaṃ paṭisotaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāsubhanti evaṃ gataṃ catusaccadhammaṃ. Rāgarattāti kāmarāgena bhavarāgena diṭṭhirāgena ca rattā. Na dakkhantīti aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā asubhanti iminā sabhāvena na passissanti , te apassante ko sakkhissati evaṃ gāhāpetuṃ? Tamokhandhena āvuṭāti avijjārāsinā ajjhotthaṭā.
“无勤”是指没有精勤的状态,意思是不想说法。可是,他的心为什么会这样倾向呢?他岂不是——“我已解脱,我要令他们解脱;我已渡过,我要令他们渡过”——巴利
Appossukkatāyāti nirussukkabhāvena, adesetukāmatāyāti attho. Kasmā panassa evaṃ cittaṃ nami? Nanu esa – ‘‘mutto mocessāmī, tiṇṇo tāressāmi’’,
我何必还要靠不为人知的伪装,既然我已在此亲证正法?
证得一切知智之后,我将度脱包括诸天在内的众生。巴利
‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, santāressaṃ sadevaka’’nti.
他发愿、圆满波罗蜜,从而证得了一切知智。这是事实,不过,正是由于反复观察的力量,他的心才这样倾向于(不说法)。因为他证得一切知智之后,在观察众生的烦恼深重和法的甚深时,众生的烦恼深重和法的甚深就以各种方式清楚地显现出来了。于是他想:“这些众生,就像装满酸粥的葫芦、装满酪浆的缸、浸透油脂的破布、涂满药膏的手一样,充满了烦恼,极度染污,贪得入迷、嗔得凶狠、痴得昏昧,他们到底能证悟什么呢?”当他这样思惟时,正是由于观察烦恼深重的力量,他的心也这样倾向于(不说法)。巴利
Patthanaṃ katvā pāramiyo pūretvā sabbaññutaṃ pattoti. Saccametaṃ, paccavekkhaṇānubhāvena panassa evaṃ cittaṃ nami. Tassa hi sabbaññutaṃ patvā sattānaṃ kilesagahanataṃ dhammassa ca gambhīrataṃ paccavekkhantassa sattānaṃ kilesagahanatā ca dhammagambhīratā ca sabbākārena pākaṭā jātā. Athassa – ‘‘ime sattā kañjikapuṇṇalābu viya takkabharitacāṭi viya vasātelapītapilotikā viya añjanamakkhitahatthā viya kilesabharitā atisaṃkiliṭṭhā rāgarattā dosaduṭṭhā mohamūḷhā, te kiṃ nāma paṭivijjhissantī’’ti cintayato kilesagahanapaccavekkhaṇānubhāvenāpi evaṃ cittaṃ nami.
这个法就像支撑大地的水蕴一样深不可测,又像被山遮住而放在那里的芥子一样难以看见,还像把劈成一百份的马尾毛的尖端再跟尖端接起来一样难以领悟。难道不是吗?我为了证悟这个法而努力时,没有哪一种布施是我没施过的,没有哪一种戒是我没守护过的,也没有哪一项波罗蜜是我没圆满过的。可是,当我像毫不费力地摧毁魔军时,大地没有震动;初夜随念宿住时,大地没有震动;中夜净化天眼时,大地没有震动;只有在后夜现观缘起时,我的十千世界才震动了。像这样,连我这样智慧锐利的人,都是费了很大力气才证悟这个法,世间的一般大众又怎么能证悟呢?当他这样以观察法甚深的力量思惟时,应当知道,心也同样这样转向了。巴利
‘‘Ayañca dhammo pathavīsandhārakaudakakkhandho viya gambhīro, pabbatena paṭicchādetvā ṭhapito sāsapo viya duddaso, satadhā bhinnassa vālassa koṭiyā koṭiṃ paṭipādanaṃ viya duranubodho, nanu mayā hi imaṃ dhammaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ vāyamantena adinnaṃ dānaṃ nāma natthi, arakkhitaṃ sīlaṃ nāma natthi, aparipūritā kāci pāramī nāma natthi. Tassa me nirussāhaṃ viya mārabalaṃ vidhamantassāpi pathavī na kampittha, paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussarantassāpi na kampittha, majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhentassāpi na kampittha, pacchimayāme pana paṭiccasamuppādaṃ paṭivijjhantasseva me dasasahassilokadhātu kampittha. Iti mādisenāpi tikkhañāṇena kicchenevāyaṃ dhammo paṭividdho taṃ lokiyamahājanā kathaṃ paṭivijjhissantī’’ti dhammagambhīratāpaccavekkhaṇānubhāvenāpi evaṃ cittaṃ namīti veditabbaṃ.
另外,当梵天请求他说法时,他的心也倾向于说法。因为世尊确实知道:当我的心倾向于不活动时,大梵天就会来请求我说法;而这些众生敬重梵天,他们会想:听说导师本来不想说法,后来是大梵天请求之后,才让导师说法的。这法真是寂静,这法真是崇高。这样他们就会愿意来听了。应当知道,正是基于这个原因,他的心才倾向于不活动,而不是倾向于说法。巴利
Apica brahmunā yācite desetukāmatāyapissa evaṃ cittaṃ nami. Jānāti hi bhagavā – ‘‘mama appossukkatāya citte namamāne maṃ mahābrahmā dhammadesanaṃ yācissati, ime ca sattā brahmagarukā, te ‘satthā kira dhammaṃ na desetukāmo ahosi, atha naṃ mahābrahmā yācitvā desāpesi, santo vata bho dhammo, paṇīto vata bho dhammo’ti maññamānā sussūsissantī’’ti. Imampissa kāraṇaṃ paṭicca appossukkatāya cittaṃ nami, no dhammadesanāyāti veditabbaṃ.
66 这里说“某一位”,虽然用的是“某一位”这个说法,但应当知道,指的就是这个世界里最尊贵的大梵天。他发出“诸位贤者啊,世间确实在毁灭了”这样的声音,据说让一万个世界的梵天都听到了,于是全都聚集过来。“在此世间”,就是在名为世间的地方。“出现在面前”,是说他和那一万个梵天一起出现。“眼中少尘垢性”:在智慧之眼中,这些人的贪、嗔、痴尘垢很少,因为具有这样的本性,所以叫“眼中少尘垢性”。“因未闻”:就是因为没有听闻。“将成为”:这是说明,那些在过去诸佛那里,通过十种福业事而积累修行、已经成熟,就像莲花盼望阳光照触一样,只等着听法,在四句偈结束时就能证入圣位的众生,不是一个、两个,而是数百千个将成为法的了悟者。巴利
66.Aññatarassāti ettha kiñcāpi ‘‘aññataro’’ti vuttaṃ, atha kho imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe jeṭṭhakamahābrahmā esoti veditabbo. Nassati vata bho lokoti so kira imaṃ saddaṃ tathā nicchāresi, yathā dasasahassilokadhātubrahmāno sutvā sabbe sannipatiṃsu. Yatra hi nāmāti yasmiṃ nāma loke. Purato pāturahosīti tehi dasahi brahmasahassehi saddhiṃ pāturahosi. Apparajakkhajātikāti paññāmaye akkhimhi appaṃ parittaṃ rāgadosamoharajaṃ etesaṃ, evaṃ sabhāvāti apparajakkhajātikā. Assavanatāti assavanatāya. Bhavissantīti purimabuddhesu dasapuññakiriyavatthuvasena katādhikārā paripākagatā padumāni viya sūriyarasmisamphassaṃ, dhammadesanaṃyeva ākaṅkhamānā catuppadikagāthāvasāne ariyabhūmiṃ okkamanārahā na eko, na dve, anekasatasahassā dhammassa aññātāro bhavissantīti dasseti.
69 劝请,就是像这样请求三遍。以佛眼,是指用根上下智和意乐随眠智来看。这两种智就叫佛眼,一切知智叫周遍眼,三道智叫法眼。在少尘垢等说法里,按照前面说的方式,如果一个人在慧眼中的贪等尘垢很少,他就是少尘垢者;如果那些尘垢很多,他就是多尘垢者;如果信等根很锐利,他就是利根者;如果那些根很迟钝,他就是钝根者;如果他们的信等行相美好,他就是善行相者;如果有人能觉察所说的道理,容易开导,他就是易晓喻者;如果有人把其他世间和罪过都看成可怕的,他就叫做见他世与罪过怖畏者。巴利
69.Ajjhesananti evaṃ tikkhattuṃ yācanaṃ. Buddhacakkhunāti indriyaparopariyattañāṇena ca āsayānusayañāṇena ca. Imesañhi dvinnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ ‘‘buddhacakkhū’’ti nāmaṃ, sabbaññutaññāṇassa ‘‘samantacakkhū’’ti, tiṇṇaṃ maggañāṇānaṃ ‘‘dhammacakkhū’’ti. Apparajakkhetiādīsu yesaṃ vuttanayeneva paññācakkhumhi rāgādirajaṃ appaṃ, te apparajakkhā. Yesaṃ taṃ mahantaṃ, te mahārajakkhā. Yesaṃ saddhādīni indriyāni tikkhāni, te tikkhindriyā. Yesaṃ tāni mudūni, te mudindriyā. Yesaṃ teyeva saddhādayo ākārā sundarā, te svākārā. Ye kathitakāraṇaṃ sallakkhenti, sukhena sakkā honti viññāpetuṃ, te suviññāpayā. Ye paralokañceva vajjañca bhayato passanti, te paralokavajjabhayadassāvino nāma.
这里对应的经文是:“有信的人尘垢少,无信的人尘垢多……已经发起精进的人……懈怠的人……正念现前的人……忘失正念的人……入定的人……没有入定的人……有慧的人……劣慧的人尘垢多。同样,有信的人是利根……有慧的人能看见他世和罪过的可怕,劣慧的人看不见他世和罪过的可怕。”
“世间”是指:蕴的世间、界的世间、处的世间、福报受用的世间、灾祸受用的世间、福报所依的世间、灾祸所依的世间。
一个世间:一切有情都依靠食物而安住。
两个世间:名和色。
三个世间:三种受。
四个世间:四种食。
五个世间:五取蕴。
六个世间:内六处。
七个世间:七识住。
八个世间:八种世间法。
九个世间:九有情居。
十个世间:十处。
十二个世间:十二处。
十八个世间:十八界。
“罪过”是指:一切烦恼是罪过,一切恶行是罪过,一切造作是罪过,一切导向轮回的业是罪过。
就像这样,对这个世间和这些罪过,心中现起强烈的怖畏想,就好像面对一个举着刀要杀自己的人一样。
通过这五十种方式,他了知、看见、识别、通达这五根,这就是如来的“根上下智”。(《无碍解道》1.112)巴利
Ayaṃ panettha pāḷi – ‘‘saddho puggalo apparajakkho, assaddho puggalo mahārajakkho.… Āraddhavīriyo…pe… kusīto… upaṭṭhitassati… muṭṭhassati… samāhito… asamāhito… paññavā… duppañño puggalo mahārajakkho. Tathā saddho puggalo tikkhindriyo…pe… paññavā puggalo paralokavajjabhayadassāvī, duppañño puggalo na paralokavajjabhayadassāvī. Lokoti khandhaloko, dhātuloko, āyatanaloko, sampattibhavaloko, vipattibhavaloko, sampattisambhavaloko, vipattisambhavaloko. Eko loko – sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā. Dve lokā – nāmañca rūpañca. Tayo lokā – tisso vedanā. Cattāro lokā – cattāro āhārā. Pañca lokā – pañcupādānakkhandhā. Cha lokā – cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni. Satta lokā – satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Aṭṭha lokā – aṭṭha lokadhammā. Nava lokā – nava sattāvāsā. Dasa lokā – dasāyatanāni. Dvādasa lokā – dvādasāyatanāni. Aṭṭhārasa lokā – aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo. Vajjanti sabbe kilesā vajjaṃ, sabbe duccaritā vajjaṃ, sabbe abhisaṅkhārā vajjaṃ, sabbe bhavagāmikammā vajjaṃ. Iti imasmiñca loke imasmiñca vajje tibbā bhayasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, seyyathāpi ukkhittāsike vadhake . Imehi paññāsāya ākārehi imāni pañcindriyāni jānāti passati aññāti paṭivijjhati, idaṃ tathāgatassa indriyaparopariyatte ñāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. 1.112).
在青莲花池,指的是青莲花林。其他几种也按同样的方式理解。在水下潜沉而生长,是说其他一些莲花也是在水面之下潜沉而生长。超出水面而站立,是说越过水面而站立。其中,那些超出水面而站立的,正等着感受阳光的触碰,是今天要开花的;与水面齐平而站立的,是明天要开花的;还没浮出水面、在水下生长的,是后天要开花的。而那些始终没有浮出水面、名为其他水生莲花、青莲花等的,则永远不会开花,只会成为鱼和鳖的食物,这些并没有进入经文。不过,还是应当引出来加以说明。正如这四类花,同样也有四种人:略说知者、广说知者、可引导者、文句为最者。其中,如果有人一听闻说法的当下就证悟法,这种人叫作略说知者;如果有人对简略说出的内容,在详细分析其义理时证悟法,这种人叫作广说知者;如果有人通过听闻纲要、反复提问、如理作意、亲近承事善知识,而逐渐证悟法,这种人叫作可引导者;如果有人即使听了许多、说了许多、掌握了许多、记住了许多、读诵了许多,却仍不能在那一生中证悟法,这种人叫作文句为最者。巴利
Uppaliniyanti uppalavane. Itaresupi eseva nayo. Antonimuggaposīnīti yāni aññānipi padumāni antonimuggāneva posayanti. Udakaṃ accuggamma ṭhitānīti udakaṃ atikkamitvā ṭhitāni. Tattha yāni accuggamma ṭhitāni, tāni sūriyarasmisamphassaṃ āgamayamānāni ṭhitāni ajja pupphanakāni. Yāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, tāni sve pupphanakāni. Yāni udakānuggatāni antoudakaposīni, tāni tatiyadivase pupphanakāni. Udakā pana anuggatāni aññānipi sarojauppalādīni nāma atthi, yāni neva pupphissanti, macchakacchapabhakkhāneva bhavissanti, tāni pāḷiṃ nārūḷhāni. Āharitvā pana dīpetabbānīti dīpitāni. Yatheva hi tāni catubbidhāni pupphāni, evameva ugghaṭitaññū, vipañcitaññū, neyyo, padaparamoti cattāro puggalā. Tattha yassa puggalassa saha udāhaṭavelāya dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo ugghaṭitaññū. Yassa puggalassa saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthe vibhajiyamāne dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo vipañcitaññū. Yassa puggalassa uddesato paripucchato yonisomanasikaroto kalyāṇamitte sevato bhajato payirupāsato anupubbena dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo neyyo. Yassa puggalassa bahumpi suṇato bahumpi bhaṇato bahumpi gaṇhato bahumpi dhārayato bahumpi vācayato na tāya jātiyā dhammābhisamayo hoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo padaparamo (pu. pa. 148, 149, 150, 151).
在这里,世尊观察像青莲花林那样的一万个世界,看到:今天会开的花,好比“略说即悟者”;明天会开的花,好比“详说才悟者”;第三天开的花,好比“可引导者”;被鱼鳖吃掉的花,好比“只停留在文句上的人”。他一边观察,一边又看到:有若干众生尘垢少,有若干众生尘垢多;其中又有若干是略说即悟者。就这样,他从各个方面都看到了。在这里,前三种人,世尊说法能在他们这一生中就带来利益;至于只停留在文句上的人,则是为未来种下习气的因缘。巴利
Tattha bhagavā uppalavanādisadisaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuṃ olokento – ‘‘ajja pupphanakāni viya ugghaṭitaññū, sve pupphanakāni viya vipañcitaññū, tatiyadivase pupphanakāni viya neyyo, macchakacchapabhakkhāni viya padaparamo’’ti addasa. Passanto ca – ‘‘ettakā apparajakkhā, ettakā mahārajakkhā. Tatrāpi ettakā ugghaṭitaññū’’ti evaṃ sabbākārato addasa. Tattha tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ imasmiṃyeva attabhāve bhagavato dhammadesanā atthaṃ sādheti, padaparamānaṃ anāgate vāsanatthāya hoti.
这时,世尊知道为这四类人说法能带来利益,就生起了想要说法的意愿,然后把三界里的一切众生,按能不能接受教法分成两类。就像经文里说的:有些众生带着业障、带着果报障、带着烦恼障,没有信心、没有意愿、智慧迟钝,不能在善法里进入正性决定,这些众生就是不能接受教法的。哪些众生能接受教法呢?那些不带业障……(中略)……这些众生就是能接受教法的。巴利
Atha bhagavā imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ atthāvahaṃ dhammadesanaṃ viditvā desetukamyataṃ uppādetvā puna te sabbesupi tīsu bhavesu sabbe satte bhabbābhabbavasena dve koṭṭhāse akāsi. Ye sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘ye te sattā kammāvaraṇena samannāgatā, vipākāvaraṇena samannāgatā, kilesāvaraṇena samannāgatā, assaddhā acchandikā duppaññā abhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ, ime te sattā abhabbā. Katame sattā bhabbā? Ye te sattā na kammāvaraṇena…pe…ime te sattā bhabbā’’ti (vibha. 827; paṭi. ma. 1.114).
在这里,世尊舍弃了一切不堪受教的人,只以智慧把握那些堪受教的人,把他们分成六类:“这么多是贪行者,这么多是嗔行者、痴行者、寻行者、信行者、慧行者。”这样分好之后,他心里想:“我要说法。”梵天知道了这件事,心生欢喜,用偈颂对世尊说话。正是针对这件事,才说了“那时,诸比丘,那位大梵天……”等等经文。巴利
Tattha sabbepi abhabbapuggale pahāya bhabbapuggaleyeva ñāṇena pariggahetvā – ‘‘ettakā rāgacaritā, ettakā dosamohavitakkasaddhābuddhicaritā’’ti cha koṭṭhāse akāsi. Evaṃ katvā – ‘‘dhammaṃ desessāmī’’ti cintesi . Brahmā taṃ ñatvā somanassajāto bhagavantaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi. Idaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
70 这里,“对……说”就是特别地说、针对某个对象而说,意思是就特定对象、关于某个话题而说。巴利
70. Tattha ajjhabhāsīti adhiabhāsi, adhikicca ārabbha abhāsīti attho.
就像站在整块岩石所成的山顶上,稳稳地立着,不必为了看清而抬头或伸展身体。所谓“如是喻”,就是拿这座石山来打比方。这里简要的意思是:好比一个眼力好的人,站在石山顶上稳稳不动,就能四面看清人群;同样,善慧者啊,您这位以妙慧和一切知智为遍照之眼的世尊,已经登上法所成、慧所成的殿堂,自己远离了忧恼,请您俯视那些沉溺在忧愁中、被生老压迫的众生,请您垂顾、仔细察看。巴利
Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhitoti selamaye ekagghane pabbatamuddhani yathāṭhitova, na hi tattha ṭhitassa dassanatthaṃ gīvukkhipanapasāraṇādikiccaṃ atthi. Tathūpamanti tappaṭibhāgaṃ selapabbatūpamaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho, yathā selapabbatamuddhani yathāṭhitova cakkhumā puriso samantato janataṃ passeyya, tathā tvampi sumedha, sundarapaññasabbaññutaññāṇena samantacakkhu bhagavā dhammamayaṃ paññāmayaṃ pāsādamāruyha sayaṃ apetasoko sokāvatiṇṇaṃ jātijarābhibhūtaṃ janataṃ apekkhassu, upadhāraya upaparikkha.
这里要说的意思是:就像在山脚下,四周开辟出一大片田地,在田埂间搭起小茅屋,夜里点起火来,又正值具有四种成分的黑暗。这时,有个眼力好的人站在山顶上俯瞰大地,既看不清田地,也看不清田埂,看不清茅屋,更看不清躺在那里的人,只能在茅屋中看见一团团火焰。同样,如来登上法之殿堂,俯视众生界时,那些没有修积善业的众生,即使和世尊住在同一座精舍里,坐在世尊右膝旁边,也不会进入佛眼所见的范围,就像夜里射出的箭一样;而那些已经修积善业、堪受教化的众生,纵然站在很远的地方,也会进入佛眼所见的范围,他们就像火焰,也像雪山一样。经中也是这样说的:巴利
Ayamettha adhippāyo – yathā hi pabbatapāde samantā mahantaṃ khettaṃ katvā tattha kedārapāḷīsu kuṭikāyo katvā rattiṃ aggiṃ jāleyyuṃ. Caturaṅgasamannāgatañca andhakāraṃ assa. Athassa pabbatassa matthake ṭhatvā cakkhumato purisassa bhūmiṃ olokayato neva khettaṃ, na kedārapāḷiyo, na kuṭiyo, na tattha sayitamanussā paññāyeyyuṃ, kuṭikāsu pana aggijālamattameva paññāyeyya. Evaṃ dhammapāsādamāruyha sattanikāyaṃ olokayato tathāgatassa ye te akatakalyāṇā sattā, te ekavihāre dakkhiṇajāṇupasse nisinnāpi buddhacakkhussa āpāthaṃ nāgacchanti, rattiṃ khittasarā viya honti. Ye pana katakalyāṇā veneyyapuggalā, te tassa dūre ṭhitāpi āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, so aggi viya himavantapabbato viya ca. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
那些已寂静的善士在远处也能显露出来,就像雪山一样。
不善者于此不显现,犹如夜间射出的箭。(《法句经》304)巴利
‘‘Dūre santo pakāsenti, himavantova pabbato; Asantettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā’’ti. (dha. pa. 304);
“起来!”这句话,是有人为了恳请世尊宣说佛法、外出游化时说的。“勇士”等词应当这样理解:世尊因为具足精进,所以是勇士;因为战胜了天子魔、烦恼魔和死魔,所以是胜战者;因为有能力带领应当受调伏的众生渡过投生险途等,所以是商队主;因为爱欲之债已不存在,所以应知为无债者。巴利
Uṭṭhehīti bhagavato dhammadesanatthaṃ cārikacaraṇaṃ yācanto bhaṇati. Vīrātiādīsu bhagavā vīriyavantatāya vīro, devaputtamaccukilesamārānaṃ vijitattā vijitasaṅgāmo, jātikantarādinittharaṇatthāya veneyyasatthavāhanasamatthatāya satthavāho, kāmacchandaiṇassa abhāvato aṇaṇoti veditabbo.
71 “已打开”就是已经敞开。“不死之门”指的是圣道,因为圣道就是通往被称为“不死”的涅槃之门。这里是在表明:“那扇门已经被我打开、安立好了。”“让他们释放信心”意思是,愿所有人都释放、倾注自己的信心。后面两句的意思是:我先前因为顾虑身体和言语的劳累,没有宣说这熟练、善巧运转的殊胜无上之法,而现在愿一切众生都成为信心的容器,我要圆满他们的心愿。巴利
71.Apārutāti vivaṭā. Amatassa dvārāti ariyamaggo. So hi amatasaṅkhātassa nibbānassa dvāraṃ. So mayā vivaritvā ṭhapitoti dasseti. Pamuñcantu saddhanti sabbe attano saddhaṃ pamuñcantu vissajjentu. Pacchimapadadvaye ayamattho, ahañhi attano paguṇaṃ suppavattitampi imaṃ paṇītaṃ uttamaṃ dhammaṃ kāyavācākilamathasaññī hutvā na bhāsiṃ, idāni pana sabbe janā saddhābhājanaṃ upanentu, pūressāmi tesaṃ saṅkappanti.
上首弟子双贤的解说巴利
Aggasāvakayugavaṇṇanā
73 在菩提树附近:意思是就在离菩提树不远的牧羊人尼拘陀树那里消失。在安稳的鹿野苑:当时仙人堕处有一座名叫安稳的园林,又因为是为了让鹿群有无畏安居之处而施设的,所以称为鹿野苑。针对这个而说“在安稳的鹿野苑”。就像毗婆尸佛那样,其他诸佛为了初次说法而前往时,也都是从空中行去,就在那里降落。然而,我们的世尊看到邪命外道优波迦的因缘,了知:“优波迦正走在这条长路上,他见到我、和我交谈之后就会离去。然后他会心生厌离,回来证得阿罗汉果。”于是步行走了十八由旬的路。召唤林园守卫:他一见到,就反复注视,说:“尊长,我们的导师来了。”然后召唤那个走上前来的人。巴利
73.Bodhirukkhamūleti bodhirukkhassa avidūre ajapālanigrodhe antarahitoti attho. Kheme migadāyeti isipatanaṃ tena samayena khemaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ hoti, migānaṃ pana abhayavāsatthāya dinnattā migadāyoti vuccati. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘kheme migadāye’’ti. Yathā ca vipassī bhagavā, evaṃ aññepi buddhā paṭhamaṃ dhammadesanatthāya gacchantā ākāsena gantvā tattheva otaranti. Amhākaṃ pana bhagavā upakassa ājīvakassa upanissayaṃ disvā – ‘‘upako imaṃ addhānaṃ paṭipanno, so maṃ disvā sallapitvā gamissati. Atha puna nibbindanto āgamma arahattaṃ sacchikarissatī’’ti ñatvā aṭṭhārasayojanamaggaṃ padasāva agamāsi. Dāyapālaṃ āmantesīti disvāva punappunaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘ayyo no, bhante, āgato’’ti vatvā upagataṃ āmantesi.
75-6 “次第说法”就是按顺序讲:先讲布施,布施之后接着讲戒,戒之后接着讲生天,生天之后接着讲道。其中,“布施说”是说:布施是快乐的来源,是种种成就的根本,是财富的根基;对走入歧途的人来说,它是保护、是庇护、是归宿、是依靠。在这个世界和下一个世界里,再没有别的什么能像布施那样成为依靠、立足处、所缘、保护、庇护、归宿和依靠。从依靠的意义来说,布施就像宝石制成的狮座;从立足处的意义来说,就像大地;从所缘的意义来说,就像攀援之绳;从渡过苦难的意义来说,就像船;从带来安慰的意义来说,就像战场上的勇士;从保护免于恐惧的意义来说,就像防守严密的城池;从不被悭吝等污垢染污的意义来说,就像莲花;从能烧尽那些污垢的意义来说,就像火;从难以靠近的意义来说,就像毒蛇;从无所畏惧的意义来说,就像狮子;从力量强大的意义来说,就像大象;从被公认为最吉祥的意义来说,就像白牛;从到达安稳之地的意义来说,就像雨云马王。布施在世间能带来帝释的成就、魔的成就、梵天的成就、转轮王的成就、声闻波罗蜜智、辟支菩提智、正等觉智——诸如此类,都是与布施功德相关的说法。巴利
75-6.Anupubbiṃ kathanti dānakathaṃ, dānānantaraṃ sīlaṃ, sīlānantaraṃ saggaṃ, saggānantaraṃ magganti evaṃ anupaṭipāṭikathaṃ kathesi. Tattha dānakathanti idaṃ dānaṃ nāma sukhānaṃ nidānaṃ, sampattīnaṃ mūlaṃ, bhogānaṃ patiṭṭhā, visamagatassa tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ, idhalokaparalokesu dānasadiso avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ natthi. Idañhi avassayaṭṭhena ratanamayasīhāsanasadisaṃ, patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena mahāpathavīsadisaṃ, ārammaṇaṭṭhena ālambanarajjusadisaṃ. Idañhi dukkhanittharaṇaṭṭhena nāvā, samassāsanaṭṭhena saṅgāmasūro, bhayaparittāṇaṭṭhena susaṅkhatanagaraṃ, maccheramalādīhi anupalittaṭṭhena padumaṃ, tesaṃ nidahanaṭṭhena aggi, durāsadaṭṭhena āsīviso, asantāsanaṭṭhena sīho, balavantaṭṭhena hatthī, abhimaṅgalasammataṭṭhena setausabho, khemantabhūmisampāpanaṭṭhena valāhakaassarājā. Dānañhi loke sakkasampattiṃ mārasampattiṃ brahmasampattiṃ cakkavattisampattiṃ sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ abhisambodhiñāṇaṃ detīti evamādidānaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ.
因为人在行布施时,能够进而受持戒,所以紧接着布施论之后,就讲了戒论。所谓戒论,是说戒本身就是依靠、立足处、所缘、保护、庇护、归趣、归宿。在这个世间和另一个世间的种种成就中,确实没有任何依靠、立足处、所缘、保护、庇护、归趣、归宿能比得上戒;没有任何庄严能比得上戒;没有任何花能比得上戒花;没有任何香能比得上戒香。因为,一个用戒的庄严来装扮自己、戴上戒的花鬘、涂上戒香的人,即使让包括天人在内的整个世界都来注视,也还是看不够。以上就是这一类与戒的功德相关的论说。巴利
Yasmā pana dānaṃ dadanto sīlaṃ samādātuṃ sakkoti, tasmā tadanantaraṃ sīlakathaṃ kathesi. Sīlakathanti sīlaṃ nāmetaṃ avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ. Idhalokaparalokasampattīnañhi sīlasadiso avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ natthi, sīlasadiso alaṅkāro natthi, sīlapupphasadisaṃ pupphaṃ natthi, sīlagandhasadiso gandho natthi, sīlālaṅkārena hi alaṅkataṃ sīlakusumapiḷandhanaṃ sīlagandhānulittaṃ sadevakopi loko olokento tittiṃ na gacchatīti evamādisīlaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ.
为了说明“依靠这个戒就能得到这样的天界”,他在讲完戒之后接着讲了生天论。“生天论”就是:所谓天界,是可爱、可意、令人欢喜的;在那里永远有娱乐,永远能得到种种享受;四大王天的天神获得九百万年的天界快乐和天界福报,三十三天的天神获得三俱胝六百万年的天界快乐和天界福报——诸如此类,就是与天界功德相关的论说。诸佛在讲述天界福报时,光是讲述就说不完。经中也这样说:“诸比丘,我可以用种种方式宣说生天之法……”等等。巴利
Idaṃ pana sīlaṃ nissāya ayaṃ saggo labbhatīti dassetuṃ sīlānantaraṃ saggakathaṃ kathesi. Saggakathanti ayaṃ saggo nāma iṭṭho kanto manāpo, niccamettha kīḷā, niccaṃ sampattiyo labbhanti, cātumahārājikā devā navutivassasatasahassāni dibbasukhaṃ dibbasampattiṃ paṭilabhanti, tāvatiṃsā tisso ca vassakoṭiyo saṭṭhi ca vassasatasahassānīti evamādisaggaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ. Saggasampattiṃ kathayantānañhi buddhānaṃ mukhaṃ nappahoti. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘anekapariyāyena kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, saggakathaṃ katheyya’’ntiādi.
先用天界的说法把他引诱过来,然后又像给大象打扮好了再砍掉它的鼻子一样,为了说明“这天界也是无常、不稳固的,不该对它生起欲贪”,接着就用“欲乐的味道很少,苦却很多,烦恼也很多,这里的过患更大”这类方式,讲说了诸欲的过患、低劣和染污。
其中,“过患”就是过失。“低劣”就是下贱、卑劣。“染污”就是指众生因为这些欲而在轮回中被染污。正如经中所说:“众生确实被染污了。”
像这样用诸欲的过患让他警觉之后,又开示了出离的利益,也就是说明了出家的功德。其余内容,按照《阿摩昼经》注释里已经说过的方式理解,意思也很浅显易懂。巴利
Evaṃ saggakathāya palobhetvā puna hatthiṃ alaṅkaritvā tassa soṇḍaṃ chindanto viya – ‘‘ayampi saggo anicco addhuvo, na ettha chandarāgo kātabbo’’ti dassanatthaṃ – ‘‘appassādā kāmā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.235; 2.42) nayena kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ kathesi. Tattha ādīnavoti doso. Okāroti avakāro lāmakabhāvo. Saṃkilesoti tehi sattānaṃ saṃsāre saṃkilissanaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘kilissanti vata bho sattā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.351). Evaṃ kāmādīnavena tejjatvā nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi, pabbajjāya guṇaṃ pakāsesīti attho. Sesaṃ ambaṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayañceva uttānatthañca.
77 77.“他们得到了”是怎么回事?他们是怎么得到的呢?是通过“善来比丘”的方式得到的。据说,世尊观察他们获得神通所化钵和衣的支撑因缘,看到他们在许多生中做过布施衣服等善行,便说:“来吧,比丘们!”等等。他们当下须发脱落,披上袈裟,八种比丘资具自然附着在身上,就像戒腊百年的长老一样,一边礼敬世尊,一边坐了下来。巴利
77.Alatthunti kathaṃ alatthuṃ? Ehibhikkhubhāvena. Bhagavā kira tesaṃ iddhimayapattacīvarassūpanissayaṃ olokento anekāsu jātīsu cīvaradānādīni disvā etha bhikkhavotiādimāha . Te tāvadeva bhaṇḍū kāsāyavasanā aṭṭhahi bhikkhuparikkhārehi sarīrapaṭimukkeheva vassasatikattherā viya bhagavantaṃ namassamānāva nisīdiṃsu.
在“他开示”等说法中,他开示了此世的利益,也开示了他世的利益。开示此世利益时,他开示了无常、苦、无我,开示了诸蕴、诸界、诸处、缘起;开示色蕴的生起时,开示了五种相,对受蕴等也是这样;开示灭去时,也以生灭开示了五十种相。开示他世利益时,他开示了地狱、畜生道、饿鬼境、阿修罗众,开示了三种善业的果报,开示了六欲天的福报,开示了九梵天的福报。巴利
Sandassesītiādīsu idhalokatthaṃ sandassesi, paralokatthaṃ sandassesi. Idhalokatthaṃ dassento aniccanti dassesi, dukkhanti dassesi, anattāti dassesi, khandhe dassesi, dhātuyo dassesi, āyatanāni dassesi, paṭiccasamuppādaṃ dassesi, rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ dassento pañca lakkhaṇāni dassesi, tathā vedanākkhandhādīnaṃ, tathā vayaṃ dassentopi udayabbayavasena paññāsalakkhaṇāni dassesi, paralokatthaṃ dassento nirayaṃ dassesi, tiracchānayoniṃ, pettivisayaṃ, asurakāyaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ kusalānaṃ vipākaṃ, channaṃ devalokānaṃ, navannaṃ brahmalokānaṃ sampattiṃ dassesi.
他让人受持:指他让人接受并持守四遍清净戒、十三头陀支、十种论事等各类善法。巴利
Samādapesīti catupārisuddhisīlaterasadhutaṅgadasakathāvatthuādike kalyāṇadhamme gaṇhāpesi.
“他激励了”(Samuttejesīti):意思是善加激励、策励。他讲说此世与来世的利益时,反复让人生起恐惧,仿佛那些景象已经亲身到达一样地来说法。当佛陀世尊讲说此世利益,说到三十二种刑罚、二十五种大恐怖这些情形时,听者反复被惊怖所摄,就像双手被反绑在背后、被紧紧捆住,在十字路口被打了上百杖,从南门被押出去,头颅被放在刑场上,被插在矛尖上恐吓,被发狂的大象践踏一样,内心充满惊惧。而当讲说来世利益时,听者又像是已经投生到地狱等恶趣,又像是在享受天界的福报。巴利
Samuttejesīti suṭṭhu uttejesi, abbhussāhesi. Idhalokatthañceva paralokatthañca tāsetvā tāsetvā adhigataṃ viya katvā kathesi. Dvattiṃsakammakāraṇapañcavīsatimahābhayappabhedañhi idhalokatthaṃ buddhe bhagavati tāsetvā tāsetvā kathayante pacchābāhaṃ, gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā cātumahāpathe pahārasatena tāḷetvā dakkhiṇadvārena niyyamāno viya āghātanabhaṇḍikāya ṭhapitasīso viya sūle uttāsito viya mattahatthinā maddiyamāno viya ca saṃviggo hoti. Paralokatthañca kathayante nirayādīsu nibbatto viya devalokasampattiṃ anubhavamāno viya ca hoti.
“他令欢喜了”意思是:他用自己所证得的功德来劝勉对方,也就是通过讲说大利益来说法。巴利
Sampahaṃsesīti paṭiladdhaguṇena codesi, mahānisaṃsaṃ katvā kathesīti attho.
关于诸行的过患:前面为了证得初道,讲了诸欲的过患;这里则是为了证得更高的道,依照“诸比丘,诸行无常、不坚固、无可凭恃,诸比丘,对这一切诸行,足以厌离,足以离欲,足以解脱”等这样的方式,开示了诸行的过患、卑劣,以及由它们引起的疲惫。正如在那里开示了出离的功德,这里也同样依照“诸比丘,此涅槃寂静、殊胜、是庇护、是归依处”等这样的方式,开示了涅槃的功德。巴利
Saṅkhārānaṃ ādīnavanti heṭṭhā paṭhamamaggādhigamatthaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ kathesi, idha pana uparimaggādhigamatthaṃ – ‘‘aniccā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā addhuvā anassāsikā, yāvañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, alameva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitu’’ntiādinā (a. ni. 7.66; saṃ. ni. 2.134) nayena saṅkhārānaṃ ādīnavañca lāmakabhāvañca tappaccayañca kilamathaṃ pakāsesi. Yathā ca tattha nekkhamme, evamidha – ‘‘santamidaṃ, bhikkhave, nibbānaṃ nāma paṇītaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇa’’ntiādinā nayena nibbāne ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi.
大众出家的解说巴利
Mahājanakāyapabbajjāvaṇṇanā
78 所谓“大众”,就是指那两位王子的随从人群。巴利
78.Mahājanakāyoti tesaṃyeva dvinnaṃ kumārānaṃ upaṭṭhākajanakāyoti.
80 他们只念了“我们皈依世尊,也皈依法”这两句作为皈依,因为僧伽还不圆满。巴利
80.Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma, dhammañcāti saṅghassa aparipuṇṇattā dvevācikameva saraṇamagamaṃsu.
81 “他们得到了”是指:就像前面说过的那样,他们正是以“善来比丘”的方式得到了。紧接着这之后的出家部分,也是同样的道理。巴利
81.Alatthunti pubbe vuttanayeneva ehibhikkhubhāveneva alatthuṃ. Ito anantare pabbajitavārepi eseva nayo.
允许外出游行的解释巴利
Cārikāanujānanavaṇṇanā
85 “思虑生起”:这个思虑是什么时候生起的?是在世尊成正觉之后,过了七年七个月零七天,才生起的。据说,世尊当时正住着,照顾自己的父亲。国王也心想:“我的长子出家成了佛陀,次子出家成了上首弟子,国师之子成了第二上首弟子,而其余这些比丘,在俗家时也都是跟随着我儿子的。现在这些人全都还是由我来负担,我要独自用四种资具供养他们,不给别人机会。”于是,他从寺院的门房开始,一直到王宫门口,在道路两边建起金合欢刺篱,用草席盖上,再用布遮覆,上面又加盖一层,做成金星闪烁、装饰华丽、垂挂着粗如棕榈树干的各种花鬘帐幔,地面铺上彩绘地毯,里面两侧摆上成串的花环和满瓶的花,又为了让整条路都散发香气,在花与花之间放置香料,在香与香之间摆放花朵,然后派人去向世尊禀报时间到了。巴利
85.Parivitakko udapādīti kadā udapādi? Sambodhito satta saṃvaccharāni satta māse satta divase atikkamitvā udapādi. Bhagavā kira pitusaṅgahaṃ karonto vihāsi. Rājāpi cintesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ jeṭṭhaputto nikkhamitvā buddho jāto, dutiyaputto me nikkhamitvā aggasāvako jāto, purohitaputto dutiyaaggasāvako, ime ca avasesā bhikkhū gihikālepi mayhaṃ puttameva parivāretvā vicariṃsu. Ime sabbe idānipi mayhaṃyeva bhāro, ahameva ca ne catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahissāmi, aññesaṃ okāsaṃ na dassāmī’’ti vihāradvārakoṭṭhakato paṭṭhāya yāva rājagehadvārā ubhayato khadirapākāraṃ kārāpetvā kilañjehi chādāpetvā vatthehi paṭicchādāpetvā upari ca chādāpetvā suvaṇṇatārakavicittaṃ samolambitatālakkhandhamattaṃ vividhapupphadāmavitānaṃ kārāpetvā heṭṭhā bhūmiyaṃ cittattharaṇehi santharāpetvā anto ubhosu passesu mālāvacchake puṇṇaghaṭe, sakalamaggavāsatthāya ca gandhantare pupphāni pupphantare gandhe ca ṭhapāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi.
世尊被比丘僧团围绕着,只在帷幕之内进入王宫,用完斋饭后便返回精舍。其他任何人连见他一面都做不到,更不用说布施饭食、作供养或听法了。城里的居民们心想:“自从导师出现在世间以来,已经过了七年七个月还多,我们却连见都见不到,更别说布施饭食、作供养或听法了。国王怀着‘佛是我的,法是我的,僧是我的’的念头,独自一人供养。可导师的出现,是为了包括天神在内的世间的利益和安乐啊。并不是只有国王才觉得地狱是炽热的,对别人来说,地狱就像青莲花池一样清凉。所以,我们要去跟国王说。如果他肯把导师让给我们,那当然好。如果不肯,我们就算跟国王打一仗,也要把僧团争取过来,做布施等种种福德。不过,光靠普通市民没法办成这件事,我们还得推举一位德高望重的人出来。”巴利
Bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto antosāṇiyāva rājagehaṃgantvā bhattakiccaṃ katvā vihāraṃ paccāgacchati. Añño koci daṭṭhumpi na labhati, kuto pana bhikkhaṃ vā dātuṃ, pūjaṃ vā kātuṃ, dhammaṃ vā sotuṃ. Nāgarā cintesuṃ – ‘‘ajja satthu loke uppannassa sattamāsādhikāni sattasaṃvaccharāni, mayañca daṭṭhumpi na labhāma, pageva bhikkhaṃ vā dātuṃ, pūjaṃ vā kātuṃ, dhammaṃ vā sotuṃ. Rājā – ‘mayhameva buddho, mayhameva dhammo, mayhameva saṅgho’ti mamāyitvā sayameva upaṭṭhahi. Satthā ca uppajjamāno sadevakassa lokassa atthāya hitāya uppanno. Na hi raññoyeva nirayo uṇho assa, aññesaṃ nīluppalavanasadiso. Tasmā rājānaṃ vadāma. Sace no satthāraṃ deti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce deti, raññā saddhiṃ yujjhitvāpi saṅghaṃ gahetvā dānādīni puññāni karoma. Na sakkā kho pana suddhanāgareheva evaṃ kātuṃ, ekaṃ jeṭṭhapurisampi gaṇhāmā’’ti.
他们去见将军,把这件事告诉他,然后说:“大人,您是站在我们这边,还是站在国王那边?”将军说:“我站在你们这边。不过第一天得让给我来供养。”他们答应了。于是将军去见国王,说:“陛下,市民们对您生气了。”国王问:“孩子,为什么生气?”将军说:“听说他们觉得只有陛下您一个人在供养世尊,他们没机会供养。如果现在让他们供养,他们就不生气了;要是不让,他们说就要跟您开战了。”国王说:“那就开战吧,孩子,我绝不会把比丘僧团交出去。”将军说:“陛下,您的仆从们说要跟您开战,您打算带着谁去打呢?”“你不是将军吗?”“光靠我一个人,没有市民,是办不到的,陛下。”国王这才明白:“市民们势力大,连将军也站在他们那边。”于是说:“那就让他们把属于我的比丘僧团再还给我七年七个月吧。”市民们不同意。国王又减到六年、五年、四年、三年、两年、一年。这样一步步退让,他们还是不同意。国王又请求再给七天。市民们说:“现在对国王逼得太紧了,也不合适。”就答应了。巴利
Te senāpatiṃ upasaṅkamitvā tassetamatthaṃ ārocetvā – ‘‘sāmi, kiṃ amhākaṃ pakkho hosi, udāhu rañño’’ti āhaṃsu. So – ‘‘ahaṃ tumhākaṃ pakkho homi, api ca kho pana paṭhamadivaso mayhaṃ dātabbo’’ti. Te sampaṭicchiṃsu. So rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā – ‘‘nāgarā, deva, tumhākaṃ kupitā’’ti āha. Kimatthaṃ tātāti? Satthāraṃ kira tumheyeva upaṭṭhahatha, amhe na labhāmāti. Sace idānipi labhanti, na kuppanti, alabhantā tumhehi saddhiṃ yujjhitukāmā devāti. Yujjhāmi, tāta, nāhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ demīti. Deva tumhākaṃ dāsā tumhehi saddhiṃ yujjhāmāti vadanti, tumhe kaṃ gaṇhitvā yujjhissathāti? Nanu tvaṃ senāpatīti? Nāgarehi vinā na samattho ahaṃ devāti. Tato rājā – ‘‘balavanto nāgarā, senāpatipi tesaññeva pakkho’’ti ñatvā ‘‘aññānipi sattamāsādhikāni sattasaṃvaccharāni mayhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ dadantū’’ti āha. Nāgarā na sampaṭicchiṃsu. Rājā – ‘‘cha vassāni, pañca, cattāri, tīṇi, dve, ekavassa’’nti hāpesi. Evaṃ hāpentepi na sampaṭicchiṃsu. Aññe satta divase yāci. Nāgarā – ‘‘atikakkhaḷaṃ dāni raññā saddhiṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti anujāniṃsu.
国王把准备了七年七个月的大施,在七天内全部布施完。在六天之中,他都在任何人都没有看见的情况下给予布施。第七天,他把市民们召来,说:“孩子们,你们也能办成这样的大施吗?”他们回答:“不就是靠着我们,大王才有了这场大施吗?我们能啊。”国王用手背擦去眼泪,礼拜世尊后说:“尊者,我本来想不再让别人轮替,由我一人尽此一生,用四种资具供养六百八十万位比丘。可是现在市民们不答应了,他们因为‘我们没机会行布施’而生气。世尊,从明天起,请您垂愍护念他们吧。”巴利
Rājā sattamāsādhikānaṃ sattannaṃ saṃvaccharānaṃ sajjitaṃ dānamukhaṃ sattannameva divasānaṃ vissajjetvā cha divase kesañci apassantānaṃyeva dānaṃ datvā sattame divase nāgare pakkosāpetvā – ‘‘sakkhissatha, tāta, evarūpaṃ dānaṃ dātu’’nti āha. Tepi – ‘‘nanu amheyeva nissāya taṃ devassa uppanna’’nti vatvā – ‘‘sakkhissāmā’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā piṭṭhihatthena assūni puñchamāno bhagavantaṃ vanditvā – ‘‘bhante, ahaṃ aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṃ aññassa vāraṃ akatvā yāvajīvaṃ catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahissāmīti cintesiṃ. Nāgarā na dāni me anuññātā, nāgarā hi ‘mayaṃ dānaṃ dātuṃ na labhāmā’ti kuppanti. Bhagavā sve paṭṭhāya tesaṃ anuggahaṃ karothā’’ti āha.
第二天,将军备好了大布施,又四处安排人手,吩咐说:“今天谁也不许布施哪怕一位比丘,你们给我看好了。”那天,长者的妻子哭着对女儿说:“女儿啊,要是你父亲还活着,今天头一个供养十力世尊的就该是我。”女儿对她说:“妈妈,别担心,我会想办法让以佛陀为首的比丘僧团最先受用我们家的饭食。”于是她用一只价值十万金的钵,盛满不加水的乳粥,再用酥、蜜、糖等调好,拿另一只钵盖上,外面用素馨花球裹住,弄得看上去就像个花球。世尊快要进村的时候,她自己捧起那只钵,在一群婢女簇拥下出了城。走到半路,将军的侍从们说:“夫人,别从这边走。”大福德的人说起话来总是让人爱听,他们再三拦她,也拦不住。她就说:“叔叔伯伯舅舅们,你们为什么不让我过去?”他们说:“夫人,将军有令,不许给任何人嚼食或啖食。”她问:“那你们看见我手里有什么嚼食啖食吗?”“我们只看见一个花球。”“你们将军连供养个花球都不许吗?”“许的,夫人。”“那就让开,让开!”她走到世尊跟前,说:“世尊,请收下这个花球。”世尊看了一眼将军的某个侍从,那人便把花球接了过去。她礼敬世尊后发愿说:“世尊,愿我生生世世都不要过那种担惊受怕的日子,愿我无论生到哪里,都像这素馨花球一样讨人喜欢,名字也叫素馨。”世尊对她说:“愿你幸福。”她礼敬世尊,右绕而去。巴利
Atha dutiyadivase senāpati mahādānaṃ sajjetvā – ‘‘ajja yathā añño koci ekabhikkhampi na deti, evaṃ rakkhathā’’ti samantā purise ṭhapesi. Taṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhibhariyā rodamānā dhītaraṃ āha – ‘‘sace, amma, tava pitā jīveyya, ajjāhaṃ paṭhamaṃ dasabalaṃ bhojeyya’’nti . Sā taṃ āha – ‘‘amma, mā cintayi, ahaṃ tathā karissāmi yathā buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho paṭhamaṃ amhākaṃ bhikkhaṃ paribhuñjissatī’’ti. Tato satasahassagghanikāya suvaṇṇapātiyā nirudakapāyāsassa pūretvā sappimadhusakkarādīhi abhisaṅkharitvā aññāya pātiyā paṭikujjitvā taṃ sumanamālāguḷehi parikkhipitvā mālāguḷasadisaṃ katvā bhagavato gāmaṃ pavisanavelāya sayameva ukkhipitvā dāsigaṇaparivutā nagarā nikkhami. Antarāmagge senāpatiupaṭṭhākā – ‘‘amma, mā ito agamā’’ti vadanti. Mahāpuññā nāma manāpakathā honti, na ca tesaṃ punappunaṃ bhaṇantānaṃ kathā paṭikkhipituṃ sakkā hoti. Sā – ‘‘cūḷapitā mahāpitā mātulā kissa tumhe gantuṃ na dethā’’ti āha. Senāpatinā – ‘‘aññassa kassaci khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ dātuṃ mā dethā’’ti ṭhapitamha ammāti. Kiṃ pana me hatthe khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ passathāti? Mālāguḷaṃ passāmāti . Kiṃ tumhākaṃ senāpati mālāguḷapūjampi kātuṃ na detīti? Deti, ammāti. Tena hi, apetha, apethāti bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā mālāguḷaṃ gaṇhāpetha bhagavāti āha. Bhagavā ekaṃ senāpatissupaṭṭhākaṃ oloketvā mālāguḷaṃ gaṇhāpesi. Sā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā – ‘‘bhagavā, bhavābhave nibbattiyaṃ me sati paritassanajīvitaṃ nāma mā hotu, ayaṃ sumanamālā viya nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne piyāva homi, nāmena ca sumanā yevā’’ti patthanaṃ katvā satthārā – ‘‘sukhinī hohī’’ti vuttā vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
世尊走到将军家里,在准备好的座位上坐下。将军端着粥上前,导师却把钵盖上了。将军说:“尊者,僧团已经坐好了。”世尊说:“我们在路上也已经得到一份食物了。”他拿开花,就看见了那份食物。侍从说:“主人,那女人对我说这是花,她骗了我。”乳粥从世尊开始,分给所有比丘,人人都够。将军也供养了自己该布施的东西。导师吃完饭、说了祝福的话,就离开了。将军问:“那位供养食物的女子是谁?”“是长者的女儿,主人。”这女子很有智慧,家里住着这样的女人,她丈夫要获得天界的福报并不难。于是就把她接来,立为正妻。巴利
Bhagavā senāpatissa gehaṃ gantvā paññattāsane nisīdi. Senāpati yāguṃ gahetvā upagañchi, satthā pattaṃ pidahi. Nisinno, bhante, bhikkhusaṅghoti. Atthi no eko antarā piṇḍapāto laddhoti. So mālaṃ apanetvā piṇḍapātaṃ addasa. Cūḷupaṭṭhāko āha – ‘‘sāmi, mālāti maṃ vatvā mātugāmo vañcesī’’ti. Pāyāso bhagavantaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pahoti. Senāpatipi attano deyyadhammaṃ adāsi. Satthā bhattakiccaṃ katvā maṅgalaṃ vatvā pakkāmi. Senāpati – ‘‘kā nāma sā piṇḍapātamadāsī’’ti pucchi. Seṭṭhidhītā, sāmīti. Sappaññā sā itthī, evarūpāya ghare vasantiyā purisassa saggasampatti nāma na dullabhāti taṃ ānetvā jeṭṭhikaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi.
第二天,城里人做了布施;再过一天,国王也做布施;他们就这样隔一天轮流布施。国王还派了探子去打听,所以每次布施都比城里人给的更多;城里人也照样加码,布施得比国王给的更多。在王宫里,舞女们对年轻的沙弥们说:“孩子们,拿去吧。这可不是像那些居士那样,用手在身体和衣服等上面擦一擦,又用给孩子擦过鼻涕口水等之后洗过的手做出来的,这是干净又精致的东西。”第二天,城里人布施时也说:“孩子们,拿去吧。这可不是从城、镇、乡里到处收集来的米、奶、酸奶、酥油之类做成的,也不是把别人的腿、头、背等打断后让人拿来做成的,这是用纯正的酥油、奶等做成的。”就这样过了七年七个月零七天,这时世尊心里生起了这样的念头。因此经中说:“自从成等正觉以来,过了七年七个月零七天之后,才生起了这个念头。”巴利
Punadivase nāgarā dānamadaṃsu, punadivase rājāti ekantarikāya dānaṃ dātuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Rājāpi carapurise ṭhapetvā nāgarehi dinnadānato atirekataraṃ deti, nāgarāpi tatheva katvā raññā dinnadānato atirekataraṃ. Rājagehe nāṭakitthiyo daharasāmaṇere vadanti – ‘‘gaṇhatha, tātā, na gahapatikānaṃ gattavatthādīsu puñchitvā bāḷadārakānaṃ kheḷasiṅghāṇikādidhovanahatthehi kataṃ , suciṃ paṇītaṃ kata’’nti. Punadivase nāgarāpi dadamānā vadanti – ‘‘gaṇhatha, tātā, na nagaragāmanigamādīsu saṅkaḍḍhitataṇḍulakhīradadhisappiādīhi, na aññesaṃ jaṅghasīsapiṭṭhiādīni bhañjitvā āharāpitehi kataṃ, jātisappikhīrādīhiyeva kata’’nti. Evaṃ sattasu saṃvaccharesu sattasu māsesu sattasu divasesu ca atikkantesu atha bhagavato ayaṃ vitakko udapādi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sambodhito satta saṃvaccharāni satta māsāni satta divasāni atikkamitvā udapādī’’ti.
87 某位大梵天:就是那位请求说法的大梵天。巴利
87.Aññataromahābrahmāti dhammadesanaṃ āyācitabrahmāva.
89 八万四千住处,就是八万四千座寺院。它们全都是能容纳一万二千位比丘的大寺,和无畏山寺、支提山寺、支提山寺、大寺一样。巴利
89.Caturāsīti āvāsasahassānīti caturāsīti vihārasahassāni. Te sabbepi dvādasasahassabhikkhugaṇhanakā mahāvihārā abhayagiricetiyapabbatacittalapabbatamahāvihārasadisāva ahesuṃ.
90 “忍耐是最高苦行”,意思是:安忍这种忍耐,就是最高的苦行。“堪忍”只是“忍耐”的另一个说法。所谓堪忍,就是安忍的忍耐,是最高的苦行。至于“涅槃是最上”,诸佛则说,从一切方面来看,涅槃都是最上的。伤害他人的人就不是出家者:一个人因为缺乏安忍的忍耐,而去伤害、逼迫、损害别人,他就不算是出家者。第四句只是它的另一种说法。“不是出家者”这句话,等同于“不是沙门”。“伤害他人”这句话,等同于“恼害他人”。“parūpaghātī”这个词,意思是“毁戒者”。或者说,“parūpaghātī”就是“毁戒者”。因为戒以“最上”之义被称为“他”。如果有人作为沙门却恼害任何众生,伤害他人,成为自己戒行的毁坏者,他就不算是出家者,这是其含义。或者,如果有人因为缺乏安忍的忍耐而伤害他人,甚至故意夺去像蚊虻那样微小众生的生命,那么他就不是出家者。什么原因呢?因为没有去除自己的垢秽。“去除自己的垢秽,因此被称为出家者”,这正是出家的特征。如果有人并不伤害、不杀害,但却以杖等恼害他人,他恼害他人,就不是沙门。什么原因呢?因为没有止息恼害。“因为止息了诸恶,所以被称为沙门”,这正是沙门的特征。巴利
90.Khantī paramaṃ tapoti adhivāsanakhanti nāma paramaṃ tapo. Titikkhāti khantiyā eva vevacanaṃ. Titikkhā saṅkhātā adhivāsanakhanti uttamaṃ tapoti attho. Nibbānaṃ paramanti sabbākārena pana nibbānaṃ paramanti vadanti buddhā. Na hi pabbajito parūpaghātīti yo adhivāsanakhantivirahitattā paraṃ upaghāteti bādheti hiṃsati, so pabbajito nāma na hoti. Catutthapādo pana tasseva vevacanaṃ. ‘‘Na hi pabbajito’’ti etassa hi na samaṇo hotīti vevacanaṃ. Parūpaghātīti etassa paraṃ viheṭhayantoti vevacanaṃ. Atha vā parūpaghātīti sīlūpaghātī. Sīlañhi uttamaṭṭhena paranti vuccati. Yo ca samaṇo paraṃ yaṃ kañci sattaṃ viheṭhayanto parūpaghātī hoti, attano sīlaṃ vināsako, so pabbajito nāma na hotīti attho. Athavā yo adhivāsanakhantiyā abhāvato parūpaghātī hoti, paraṃ antamaso ḍaṃsamakasampi sañcicca jīvitā voropeti, so na hi pabbajito. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Malassa apabbājitattā. ‘‘Pabbājayamattano malaṃ, tasmā pabbajitoti vuccatī’’ti (dha. pa. 388) idañhi pabbajitalakkhaṇaṃ. Yopi na heva kho upaghāteti, na māreti, api ca daṇḍādīhi viheṭheti, so paraṃ viheṭhayanto samaṇo na hoti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Vihesāya asamitattā. ‘‘Samitattā hi pāpānaṃ , samaṇoti pavuccatī’’ti (dha. pa. 265) idañhi samaṇalakkhaṇaṃ.
第二首偈颂里,“一切恶”指一切不善。“不作”指不让它生起。“善”指属于四地的善。“具足”指获得。“自净其心”指让自己的心清净明亮,而这要通过阿罗汉果才能达成。这样,以戒律防护来舍弃一切恶,以止和观来成就善,再以阿罗汉果使心清净——这就是诸佛的教法、教诫和训示。巴利
Dutiyagāthāya sabbapāpassāti sabbākusalassa. Akaraṇanti anuppādanaṃ. Kusalassāti catubhūmikakusalassa. Upasampadāti paṭilābho. Sacittapariyodapananti attano cittajotanaṃ, taṃ pana arahattena hoti. Iti sīlasaṃvarena sabbapāpaṃ pahāya samathavipassanāhi kusalaṃ sampādetvā arahattaphalena cittaṃ pariyodāpetabbanti etaṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ ovādo anusiṭṭhī ti.
第三首偈颂里,“不诽谤”是指不用言语诽谤任何人。“不伤害”是指不以身体去伤害他人。“于巴帝摩卡”方面:所谓巴帝摩卡,就是那极殊胜、最上的戒;因为它保护人,使人从恶趣的种种怖畏中解脱出来,或者谁守护它,它就让那人解脱,所以称为“巴帝摩卡”。在那个巴帝摩卡中防护自己。“知节量”是指在接受和受用资具时,知道适当的限度。“以及寂静的坐卧处”:坐卧处,就是远离人群喧闹的意思。这里应当明白,虽然只提到两种资具,其实已经显示了对四种资具都知足。“这是诸佛的教法”:这就是不诽谤他人、不伤害他人、在巴帝摩卡中防护、在接受和受用资具时知节量,以及为了获得八种等至的自在而亲近寂静的坐卧处——这就是诸佛的教法、教诫和训示。而且应当知道,这些偈颂是一切诸佛用来教示巴帝摩卡的诵偈。巴利
Tatiyagāthāya anūpavādoti vācāya kassaci anupavadanaṃ. Anūpaghātoti kāyena upaghātassa akaraṇaṃ. Pātimokkheti yaṃ taṃ paatimokkhaṃ, atipamokkhaṃ, uttamasīlaṃ, pāti vā agativisesehi mokkheti duggatibhayehi, yo vā naṃ pāti, taṃ mokkhetīti ‘‘pātimokkha’’nti vuccati. Tasmiṃ pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro. Mattaññutāti paṭiggahaṇaparibhogavasena pamāṇaññutā. Pantañca sayanāsananti sayanāsanañca saṅghaṭṭanavirahitanti attho. Tattha dvīhiyeva paccayehi catupaccayasantoso dīpito hotīti veditabbo. Etaṃ buddhāna sāsananti etaṃ parassa anupavadanaṃ anupaghātanaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvaro paṭiggahaṇaparibhogesu mattaññutā aṭṭhasamāpattivasibhāvāya vivittasenāsanasevanañca buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ ovādo anusiṭṭhīti. Imā pana sabbabuddhānaṃ pātimokkhuddesagāthā hontīti veditabbā.
天众告知的解说巴利
Devatārocanavaṇṇanā
91 到这里为止,通过依据毗婆尸世尊的事迹所展开的详细叙述,已经说明了前面所说的“诸比丘,这法界正是如来所善通达的”这句话中,法界被善通达的情形。现在,为了说明“诸天也向如来禀告了这件事”这句经文所说的天众禀告,而开始说“如是我闻,一时……”等。巴利
91. Ettāvatā ca iminā vipassissa bhagavato apadānānusārena vitthārakathanena – ‘‘tathāgatassevesā, bhikkhave, dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā’’ti evaṃ vuttāya dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhabhāvaṃ pakāsetvā idāni – ‘‘devatāpi tathāgatassa etamatthaṃ ārocesu’’nti vuttaṃ devatārocanaṃ pakāsetuṃ ekamidāhantiādimāha.
在这里,“殊胜林”是指名叫殊胜的树林。“沙罗王树下”是指那片树林中最高大的沙罗树王之下。“舍离爱欲”是指以不来道从根彻底断除、舍离了爱欲。就像毗婆尸佛那样,其余诸佛的教法中,已修梵行的天神们也前来告知;不过经文是依据毗婆尸佛和我们世尊的情况流传下来的。巴利
Tattha subhagavaneti evaṃnāmake vane. Sālarājamūleti vanappatijeṭṭhakassa mūle. Kāmacchandaṃ virājetvāti anāgāmimaggena mūlasamugghātavasena virājetvā. Yathā ca vipassissa, evaṃ sesabuddhānampi sāsane vutthabrahmacariyā devatā ārocayiṃsu, pāḷi pana vipassissa ceva amhākañca bhagavato vasena āgatā.
在这里,他们不从自己的成就退失,也不舍弃成就,所以叫无烦天。他们不令任何有情感到灼恼,所以叫无热天。容貌端正、美好、令人欢喜,所以叫善现天。他们能很好地看见,或者他们的见极为美好,所以叫善见天。他们在一切功德和天界成就中都是最高的,这里没有更低劣的,所以叫色究竟天。巴利
Tattha attano sampattiyā na hāyanti, na vihāyantīti avihā. Na kañci sattaṃ tapantīti atappā. Sundaradassanā abhirūpā pāsādikāti sudassā. Suṭṭhu passanti, sundarametesaṃ vā dassananti sudassī. Sabbeheva ca saguṇehi bhavasampattiyā ca jeṭṭhā, natthettha kaniṭṭhāti akaniṭṭhā.
在这里要先把诵分的数量合计清楚。因为在这部经里,按照毗婆尸世尊的譬喻事迹,说了三个诵分。就像毗婆尸佛那样,尸弃佛等也是按譬喻事迹来说的,只是巴利原文比较简略。这样,按七位佛来算,我们的世尊一共讲了二十一个诵分。同样,无烦天众、无热天众、善现天众、善见天众、色究竟天众也各自宣说,全部加起来就是一百二十六个诵分。在三藏佛语中,没有别的经有一百二十六个诵分这么长的篇幅,应当知道这部经就叫“经王”,是诸经中的王。接下来,为了引出两重连接,世尊说了“诸比丘,确实如此……”等话。那之后的内容,意思都很浅显易懂。巴利
Idha ṭhatvā bhāṇavārā samodhānetabbā. Imasmiñhi sutte vipassissa bhagavato apadānavasena tayo bhāṇavārā vuttā. Yathā ca vipassissa, evaṃ sikhīādīnampi apadānavasena vuttāva. Pāḷi pana saṅkhittā. Iti sattannaṃ buddhānaṃ vasena amhākaṃ bhagavatā ekavīsati bhāṇavārā kathitā. Tathā avihehi. Tathā atappehi. Tathā sudassehi. Tathā sudassīhi. Tathā akaniṭṭhehīti sabbampi chabbīsatibhāṇavārasataṃ hoti. Tepiṭake buddhavacane aññaṃ suttaṃ chabbīsatibhāṇavārasataparimāṇaṃ nāma natthi, suttantarājā nāma ayaṃ suttantoti veditabbo. Ito paraṃ anusandhidvayampi niyyātento iti kho bhikkhavetiādimāha. Taṃ sabbaṃ uttānamevāti.